You are on page 1of 226

DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING

COURSES OFFERED

CODE COURSES CREDITS YEAR / SEMESTER

A) FOUNDATION COURSES

0101 COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH – I 5 I / ODD

0102 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – I 8 I / ODD

0103 ENGINEERING PHYSICS – I 5 I / ODD

0104 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY – I 5 I / ODD

0105 ENGINEERING PHYSICS – I PRACTICAL 1 I / ODD

0106 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY – I PRACTICAL 1 I / ODD

0107 COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH – II 4 I/ EVEN

0108 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – II 5 I/ EVEN

0109 APPLIED MATHEMATICS 5 I/ EVEN

0110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS – II 4 I/ EVEN

0111 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY – II 4 I/ EVEN

0112 ENGINEERING PHYSICS – II PRACTICAL 1 I/ EVEN

0113 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY – II PRACTICAL 1 I/ EVEN

B) CORE TECHNOLOGY COURSES

0201A WORKSHOP PRACTICAL 1 I /ODD

0202 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS – I 3 I /ODD

0203 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS – II 3 I / EVEN

0204 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS PRACTICAL – I 1 I /ODD

0205 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS PRACTICAL – II 1 I / EVEN

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 1


CODE COURSES CREDITS YEAR / SEMESTER

7201 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING 5 II / ODD

C PROGRAMMING AND INTRODUCTION TO DATA


7202 6 II / ODD
STRUCTURES

7203 OPERATING SYSTEMS 5 II / ODD

7204 ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS PRACTICAL 3 II / ODD

7205 C PROGRAMMING AND DATA STRUCTURES PRACTICAL 3 II / ODD

7206 OPERATING SYSTEM PRACTICAL 2 II / ODD

7207 WEB DESIGNING PRACTICAL 2 II / ODD

7208 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 5 II / EVEN

7209 COMPUTER NETWORKS 4 II / EVEN

7210 LIFE AND EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS PRACTICAL 2 II / EVEN

c) APPLIED TECHNOLOGY COURSES

7301 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING WITH JAVA 5 II / EVEN

7302 RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 5 II / EVEN

7303 JAVA PROGRAMMING PRACTICAL 3 II / EVEN

RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS


7304 3 II / EVEN
PRACTICAL

7305 WEB PROGRAMMING 5 III / ODD

7306 COMPUTER HARDWARE AND SERVICING 5 III / ODD

7307 .NET PROGRAMMING 6 III / ODD

7308 WEB PROGRAMMING PRACTICAL 2 III / ODD

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 2


CODE COURSES CREDITS YEAR / SEMESTER

7309 COMPUTER HARDWARE AND SERVICING PRACTICAL 2 III / ODD

7310 .NET PROGRAMMING PRACTICAL 2 III / ODD

7311 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND MINI PROJECT 2 III / ODD

7312 NETWORKS SECURITY AND ADMINISTRATION 5 III / EVEN

7313 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS 5 III / EVEN

7314 COMPUTER NETWORKS AND ADMINISTRATION PRACTICAL 3 III / EVEN

7315 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS PRACTICAL 2 III / EVEN

7316 PROJECT WORK 2 III / EVEN

D) DIVERSIFIED TECHNOLOGY COURSES

GROUP – A

7401A SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 4 III / ODD

7402A CLOUD COMPUTING 6 III / EVEN

7403A CLOUD COMPUTING PRACTICAL 3 III / EVEN

GROUP – B

7401B OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE 4 III / ODD

7402B MOBILE COMPUTING AND APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 6 III / EVEN

7403B MOBILE COMPUTING PRACTICAL 3 III / EVEN

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 3


CURRICULUM OUTLINE
(Aided and SS Programmes)
SEMESTER I [ODD (I)]
Practical/
Code Theory Tutorial Total
Course Drawing Credits
(15O)
Periods / Week
0101 Communicative English – I 5 - - 5 5
0102 Engineering Mathematics – I 8 - - 8 8
0103 Engineering Physics – I 5 - - 5 5
0104 Engineering Chemistry – I 5 - - 5 5
0105 Engineering Physics – I Practical - 2 - 2 1
0106 Engineering Chemistry – I Practical - 2 - 2 1
0201B Basic Design Practical - I - 3 - 3 1
0202 Engineering Graphics – I - 6 - 6 3
0204 Computer Applications Practical –I - 2 - 2 1
Test - - 2 2 -
TOTAL 23 15 2 40 30

SEMESTER II [EVEN (I)]


Practical/
Code Theory Tutorial Total
Course Drawing Credits
(15O)
Periods / Week
0107 Communicative English – II 4 - 1 5 4
0108 Engineering Mathematics – II 5 - - 5 5
0109 Applied Mathematics 5 - 1 6 5
0110 Engineering Physics – II 4 - 1 5 4
0111 Engineering Chemistry – II 4 - 1 5 4
0112 Engineering Physics – II Practical - 2 - 2 1
0113 Engineering Chemistry – II - 2 - 2 1
Practical
0203 Engineering Graphics – II - 6 - 6 3
0205 Computer Applications Practical– II - 2 - 2 1
Test - - 2 2 -
TOTAL 22 12 6 40 28

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 4


DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING

SEMESTER III [ODD (II)]


Drawing / Tutorial /
CODE Theory Total
COURSE Practical Test Credits
(15 O)
Periods / Week
7201 Basics of Electrical and Electronics Engineering 5 - - 5 5
7202 C Programming and introduction to Data structures 6 - - 6 6

7203 Operating Systems 5 - - 5 5

7204 Electrical and Electronics Practical - 6 - 6 3

7205 C Programming and Data structures Practical - 6 - 6 3


7206 Operating system Practical - 4 - 4 2

7207 Web Designing Practical - 4 - 4 2

Library - - 1 1 -
Seminar - - 1 1 -

Test - - 2 2 -
Total 16 20 4 40 26

SEMESTER IV [EVEN (II)]


Drawing / Tutorial /
CODE Theory Total Credits
COURSE Practical Test
(15 O)
Periods / Week
7208 Computer Architecture 5 - - 5 5

7209 Computer Networks 4 - - 4 4

7301 Object Oriented Programming with Java 5 - 1 6 5

7302 Relational Database Management Systems 5 - - 5 5


7303 Java Programming Practical - 6 - 6 3

7304 Relational Database Management Systems Practical - 6 - 6 3

7210 Life and Employability Skills Practical - 4 - 4 2

Library - - 1 1 -
Seminar - - 1 1 -

Test - - 2 2 -
Total 19 16 5 40 27

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 5


SEMESTER V [ODD (III)]
Drawing / Tutorial /
CODE Theory Total Credits
COURSE Practical Test
(15 O)
Periods / Week
7305 Web Programming 5 - - 5 5
7306 Computer Hardware and Servicing 5 - - 5 5
7307 .Net Programming 6 - - 6 6

7401 Diversified Course Theory – I* 4 - - 4 4

7308 Web Programming Practical - 4 - 4 2


7309 Computer Hardware and Servicing Practical - 4 - 4 2

7310 . Net Programming Practical - 4 - 4 2

7311 Professional Practice and Mini Project - 4 - 4 2


Library - - 1 1 -
Seminar - - 1 1 -

Test - - 2 2 -
Total 20 16 4 40 28

SEMESTER VI [EVEN (III)]


Drawing / Tutorial /
CODE Theory Total Credits
COURSE Practical Test
(15 O)
Periods / Week
7312 Network Security and Administration 5 - - 5 5

7313 Multimedia Systems 5 - - 5 5

7402 Diversified Course Theory – II* 6 - - 6 6

7314 Computer Networks and Administration Practical - 6 - 6 3

7315 Multimedia Systems Practical - 4 - 4 2

7403 Diversified Course Practical* - 6 - 6 3

7316 Project work - 4 - 4 2

Library - - 1 1 -

Seminar - - 1 1 -
Test - - 2 2 -

Total 16 20 4 40 26
Note:
1. *Students can opt Diversified courses either Group- A or Group-B in semester V and Semester VI
2. Library and Seminar hours are allotted in all the semesters. The students must present a power
point presentation in each course which will be facilitated by the respective faculty. The hardcopy of
the presentation must be collected by the respective faculty for records.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 6


SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
For All Theory Courses
Duration of Examination 3 Hours
Continuous Assessment Marks 25
Semester End Examination Marks 75
Total Marks 100
Minimum Marks for a pass in a course is 40
(Out of which a minimum of 30 Marks is to be scored in
the semester-end examination)

For All Practical Courses


Duration of Examination 3 Hours
Continuous Assessment Marks 25
Semester End Examination Marks 75
Total marks 100
Minimum Marks for a pass in a course is 50
(Out of which a minimum of 35 Marks is to be scored in
the semester-end examination)

PATTERN OF QUESTION PAPERS IN AUTONOMOUS EXAMINATIONS

Time: 3Hrs. Max.Marks:75

PART A (1 to 8)
5 Questions are to be answered out of 8. Answering of 8th
question is compulsory. Minimum one question and 5 x 2 Marks 10 Marks
maximum of two questions from each unit.
(Questions on Definition, Statement, Formula, Statement
of Theorem etc.)
PART B (9 to 16)
5 Questions are to be answered out of 8. Answering of 16th
question is compulsory. Minimum one question and 5 x 3 Marks 15 Marks
maximum of two questions from each unit.
(Short answer type questions.)

PART C (17 to 21)


All the 5 questions are to be answered. Each question will
be either or pattern. This question may have sub-divisions 5 x 10 Marks 50 Marks
also. One question from each unit
(Descriptive type questions.)

Total 75 Marks

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 7


Computer Engineering
Alternative Courses for Second & Third Year under 11 O-Scheme to 15 O-Scheme

Course 11 O-Scheme Courses Course 15 O-Scheme Courses


Sem Sem
Code (Old Scheme) Code (Revised Scheme)

(with effect from October/November 2016 Examinations)

Basics of Electrical and Electronics Basics of Electrical and Electronics


7201 7201
Engineering Engineering

7202 Data Structures using C -- No Alternative Course

7203 Operating Systems 7203 Operating Systems


III III
7204 Electrical and Electronics Practical 7204 Electrical and Electronics Practical

7205 Data Structures using C Practical -- No Alternative Course

7206 Linux Practical 7206 Operating Systems Practical

7207 Computer Applications Practical -- No Alternative Course

(with effect from April 2017 Examinations)

7208 Computer Architecture 7208 Computer Architecture

7209 Computer Networks 7209 Computer Networks

Object Oriented Programming with Object Oriented Programming with


7301 7301
Java Java

Relational Database and Relational Database and Management


7302 7302
IV Management Systems IV Systems

7303 Java Programming Practical 7303 Java Programming Practical

Relational Database and Relational Database and Management


7304 7304
Management Systems Practical Systems Practical

Communication and Life Skills


7210 7210 Life and Employability Skills Practical
Practical

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 8


(with effect from October/November 2017 Examinations)

7305 Web Programming 7305 Web Programming

7306 Computer Hardware and Servicing 7306 Computer Hardware and Servicing

7307 .NET Programming 7307 .NET Programming

7401* Software Engineering 7401* Software Engineering

V 7308 Web Programming Practical V -- No Alternative Course

Computer Hardware and Servicing Computer Hardware and Servicing


7309 7309
Practical Practical

7310 .NET Programming Practical 7310 .NET Programming Practical

Professional Practice and Mini


7311 7311 Professional Practice and Mini Project
Project

(with effect from April 2018 Examinations)

Network Security and


7312 7312 Network Security and Administration
Administration

7313 Multimedia Systems 7313 Multimedia Systems

7402* Internet Applications 7402* Cloud Computing

VI Computer Networks and VI Computer Networks and


7314 7314
Administration Practical Administration Practical

7315 Multimedia Systems Practical 7315 Multimedia Systems Practical

7403* Internet Applications Practical -- No Alternative Course

7316 Project work 7316 Project work

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 9


SEMESTER - III

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 10


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING


Semester : III
Course Code : 15O - 7201
Course Name : BASICS OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
TEACHING ANDSCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Course Max. Marks

Periods / Periods / Internal Board Duration


Total
week Semester Assessment Examination
Basics of
Electrical and
5 75 25 75 100 3 Hours
Electronics
Engineering

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS


Unit No. Topics No. of Periods
I FUNDAMENTALS OF AC, BATTERIES AND UPS 12
ELECTRICAL MOTOR, TRANSFORMER AND ELECTRICAL
II 12
SAFETY
III ANALOG DEVICES 13
IV BOOLEAN ALGEBRA AND LOGIC GATES 13
V SEQUENTIAL LOGIC SYSTEM 12
INDUSTRIAL VISIT 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 75
RATIONALE
Diploma Engineers from all branches of Engineering are expected to have some basic knowledge of
Electrical and Electronics Engineering. Also the technicians working in different engineering fields
have to deal with various types of electrical equipment’s. Hence it is necessary to study electric
circuits, different types of electrical machines and electronic devices, their principles and working
characteristics. The basic concepts studied in this subject will be very useful for understanding of
higher level subjects in further study.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 11


OBJECTIVES
At the end of the course the students will be able to:
 Understand the DC and AC fundamentals &working principles of transformer circuits
 Know about Stepper motors and Servo Motors and to explore the electrical safety
 Familiarize with semi-conductor devices, rectifier circuits, transistors and its applications
 Identify binary, octal and hexadecimal numbers, Define logic gates
 Analyze the significance of Boolean algebra in digital circuits
 Understand the working principles of sequential and combinational logical circuits
 Differentiate flip-flops and describe behavior of various flip-flops
 Differentiate asynchronous counters from synchronous counters
 Know about the concept of shift registers

DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT – I FUNDAMENTALS OF AC, BATTERIES AND UPS ………. 12 PERIODS
1.1 AC Fundamentals: Difference between AC and DC – Advantages of AC over DC –
Waveform of sinusoidal A.C. Cycle – Generation of single phase A.C. by elementary
alternator – Definition of cycle, frequency, time period, amplitude, peak value, average
6 Per
value and RMS value – Define peak factor and form factor – Concept of phase, phase
difference and phase angle – Single phase and 3 phase (Definition) – Meaning of lagging
and leading Sine wave – Advantages of three phase over single phase.
(Refer web link : http://study.com/academy/lesson/alternating-current-definition-advantages-
disadvantages.html for fundamentals of AC)
1.2. Batteries: Classification of cells – Construction of Lead acid cell – Methods of charging –
Care and Maintenance of Lead acid battery – Indications of a fully charge battery – 3 Per
Maintenance free batteries.
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h4wawtDarX4
for Care and Maintenance of Lead acid battery)
1.3. UPS: Need for UPS – Online and Offline UPS – Definition – Block Diagram – Explanation
of each block – Merits and demerits of on line and off line UPS – Need of heat sink – 3 Per
Specification and ratings – Maintenance of UPS including batteries.
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E5RKBWhEUAU for Working of UPS)

UNIT – II ELECTRICAL MOTOR, TRANSFORMERAND ELECTRICAL SAFETY .……..12 PERIODS


2.1 Single phase transformer: Working Principle and construction of transformer – Brief
description of each part – function and materials used – emf equation of transformer
(No derivation) – Voltage and current ratio of a transformer – Efficiency – Losses in a 5 Per
transformer – Auto transformer construction and working – Comparison with two
winding transformer – Applications – Step up & Step down transformer (Definition only)
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vh_aCAHThTQ
for working principle of transformer)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 12


2.2. Special Motors: Stepper Motor: Definition – Working principle, Types and applications –
Servo motors – Working principle, Types and applications – Factors to be considered for 5 Per
selecting a motor for particular application.
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TWMai3oirnM for Stepper motor)

2.3. Electrical Safety: Electric shock – Earthing – Need for earthing – Types of Earthing –
2 Per
Fuses: Need – Types of fuses –MCB – Comparison between fuses and MCB.
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qSyUFp3Qk2I for Earthing and its types)

UNIT – III ANALOG DEVICES ………. 13 PERIODS


3.1 Diodes: PN Junction diode – Review of P type and N type semiconductors – PN Junction
– Barrier Voltage, Depletion Region – Working principle and forward /reverse
characteristics P-N Junction diode – Applications of diode – Zener Diode: Construction
– Characteristics (Forward and Reverse) – Avalanche and Zener break down – 5 Per
Applications of Zener diode. Light Emitting Diodes: Operation, Construction and
Characteristics. LDR – Principle of operation and Characteristics – Photo Diode: Principle
of operation(concept only) – Principle of operation and Characteristics of SCR.
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OyC02DWq3mI for PN junction diode)
3.2. Rectifiers: Definition – Need of Rectification – Circuit diagram, Operation, i/p and o/p
Waveforms of Half wave – Full wave – Bridge rectifiers (without filters) – uses of filters 4 Per
in rectifier circuit – Ripple factor, efficiency and PIV ( No derivation) – Comparison
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yj4uVVV5Nsg for types of Rectifiers)
3.3. Bipolar Junction Transistor: Definition – Principle of NPN and PNP transistor – symbol –
Transistor terminals – Operating principle (NPN transistor only) – Configurations of
4 Per
transistor – Comparison between CB, CE and CC – Input and Output characteristics of CE
configuration – Transistor application as switch.
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7ukDKVHnac4 for working of Transistor)
UNIT – IV BOOLEAN ALGEBRA AND LOGIC GATES ………. 13 PERIODS
4.1 Number representation: Decimal, Binary, Octal and Hexadecimal number systems –
Conversion of number from one number system to another (without decimal point) – 3 Per
BCD CODE – ASCII Codes – Parity bit – Use of a parity bit – Odd parity and Even parity
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x5OpxRq_okQ for number representation)
4.2. Logic gates: Positive and Negative logic System – Definition, Truth table, Symbol and
Logical equations AND – OR – NOT – EXOR – EXNOR (Only 2 – inputs) gates – Universal 2 Per
gates – NAND – NOR – Symbol and truth table .
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xi18hI1LqAA for Logic gates)
4.3. Boolean Algebra : Basic laws of Boolean algebra – Application of Boolean laws to
simplify the boolean expression – Demorgan’s Theorem and proofs – Duality theorem –
3 Per
Simplification of logical equations using Boolean laws – De-Morgan’s theorem – Two
variable Karnaugh map
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gj8QmRQtVao for Boolean algebra)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 13


4.4. Arithmetic Circuits: Half Adder and full adder – Truth table, Circuit diagram – Half
3 Per
subtractor and Full subtractor – Truth table, Circuit diagram
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZ9VWA4cTbE for Half adder and full adder)

4.5 Combinational logic circuits: Multiplexer(2:1,4:1,8:1) – De multiplexer(1:2,1:4,1:8) –


Encoder – Decoder (Definition and Basic Circuits only) – Comparator Circuit for two 2 Per
three bit words.
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iD1msbNFEEk for Multiplexer)
UNIT – V SEQUENTIAL LOGIC SYSTEM ………. 12 PERIODS
5.1 Flip flops: Basic principle of operation – S-R, D, flip – flop – Operation and Truth table –
Race Condition – JK flip flop – T flip flop – Toggling – Edge Triggered Flip – flop – Level 5 Per
Triggered flip flop – Need for a Master – slave flip flop – J-K Master Slave flip flop.
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Idi6owmTArw for different types of Flip – Flop)
5.2. Counters: Need – Types of counters – 4 bit Asynchronous Counter – Mod N Counter –
Decade counter – 4 bit Synchronous counter – Distinguish between Asynchronous and 4 Per
Synchronous counter – Applications of Counter – Ripper counter.
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=656Cs3II9h8 for asynchronous counter)
5.3. Registers: Shift register – Block diagram representation and waveforms of Serial – in
Serial – out, Serial – in Parallel – out, Parallel – in Serial-out, Parallel – in Parallel – out 3 Per
Applications of Shift Registers.
Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=unorn9n–UpE for Serial In Serial Out register)

LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES


I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visit to any one of the following industries to understand real time
applications:
1. Talema Electronics Pvt Ltd, Salem – 5
2. Megawin switchgear Pvt Ltd, Salem – 4.
3. Himaliya Power Systems Pvt Ltd, Salem.
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and
as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

II. SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics in association with the IE(I)/ISTE and the
students’ Technical Association of Computer Engineering Programme.
1. Construction and working different types of transformer
2. Different types of UPS and its working operation

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 14


III. CASE STUDIES
Case study on the following Electronic Devices
1. Logic Gates
2. Diode
3. Flipflop

IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITES


 www.electronics-tutorials.ws
 www.open circuits.com
 www.open electronics.org

TEXT BOOKS
YEAR OF
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING/
EDITION
Multiple Colour
S.Chand and Co ,
1. Electrical Technology / Vol I & II B.L. Theraja Revised First
New Delhi
Edition, 2012

Tata Mc-Graw Hill,


2. Modern Digital Electronics R.P. Jain Third Reprint 2010
New Delhi

PHI Learning Pvt.


3. Principles of Digital Electronics K.Meena First Edition 2009
Ltd, Chennai

REFERENCE BOOK
YEAR OF
S.No. TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING /
EDITION
Tata Mc-Graw second edition
1. Basic Electrical Engineering V.N. Mittle
Hill, New Delhi 2005

Basic Electrical and Electronics R.Muthusubramanian Tata Mc-Graw Seventh Reprint


2.
Engineering R.Salivajanan Hill, New Delhi 2011

S.Chandand Co , Second Edition ,


3. Principles of Electronics V.K. Mehta
New Delhi 2009
Oxford
University
4. Digital electronics G.K. Kharate First Edition 2010
Press, New
Delhi

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 15


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)

DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING


Basics of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Model Question Paper - I
Year / Sem : II / III Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7201 Time : 3 hrs
PART – A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: i) Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
ii) All questions carry equal marks.
1. Define the term: TUF and expand
2. How many flip flops are required to construct mod-18 counter?
3. Write the emf equation of a transformer.
4. What is the use of parity bit and list the types.
5. Write the input and output impedance of CB configuration.
6 Draw the logic diagram of full subtractor.
7. Define the term racing and which flip flop is used to avoid racing?
8. State the indications of lead acid battery.

PART – B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: i) Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
ii) All questions carry equal marks.
9. Define the terms: Cycle, Frequency, Amplitude, Average value, Time period, RMS value.
10. Write down the uses of battery and what are the maintenance free batteries?
11. What is filter and give the uses of filters in rectifier circuit?
12. Compare CB, CE and CC configurations.
13. List the type of number systems and convert (458)10 to Octal.
14. Draw the symbol and connection diagram of D Flip – flop
15. Mention the differences between Asynchronous and Synchronous counter
16. Simplify the following i) Y=(A+B+C).(A+B) ii) Y=Y=AB’D+AB’D’

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 16


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. (i) With a neat block diagram explain the working of ON-LINE UPS. 5
(ii) What are the methods of charging the batteries? Explain any one of them 5
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about the care and maintenance of lead acid battery. 10

18. A. (i) What are the precautions should be taken against electrical shock. 5
(ii) What is the need for earthing? Explain about plate earthing. 5
(OR)
B. Explain the working of AC and DC servo motor and give its applications. 10

19. A. (i) How transistors act as a switch? 5


(ii) Explain the operation of SCR with VI characteristics. 5
(OR)
B. Draw the circuit of CE configuration and explain the operation. 10

20. A. (i) Construct EX-OR, AND, OR and NOT gates by using only NAND gate. 5
(ii) Explain about the Encoder with a logic diagram and a truth table. 5
(OR)
B. Explain the working of 1:8 Multiplexer with a neat diagram. 10

21. A. (i) Draw the logic diagram of serial in serial out shift register and explain. 5
(ii) Explain mod-5 counter with a neat diagram. 5
(OR)
B. Explain the operation of a JKMS Flip-Flop with a logic diagram and truth table 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 17


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)

DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING


Basics of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Model Question Paper - II
Year / Sem : II /III Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7201 Time : 3 hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
1. What are the methods of charging the batteries and define the term Trickle charge.

2. Compare auto transformer with two winding transformer.

3. What is the cut in voltage for silicon and germanium?

4. Expand LDR and LED.

5. What is the other name of T-FF and D-FF?

6 State first and second laws of De Morgan’s theorem.

7. What is Flip-Flop? What are output conditions exist?

8. Why the transformer core is laminated and how the transformer is classified based on the
construction?

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
9. Give the differences between AC and DC.

10. Mention the applications of Zener diode.

11. What are the factors to be considered for selecting a motor for a particular application?

12. Define the terms: i) Encoder ii) Decoder

13. What is Shift register and give its applications.

14. Mention the differences between combinational and sequential circuit?

15. Define multiplexer and demultiplexer

16. Derive AND gate using Universal gates.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 18


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. (i) State the need for UPS and draw the block diagram of OFF LINE UPS. 5
(ii) Describe the advantages of three phase over single phase. 5
(OR)
B. Explain the construction details of lead acid battery with a neat diagram 10

18. A. (i) State the principle, advantages, disadvantages and applications of auto transformer. 5
(ii) Explain the construction of core type transformer with a diagram. 5
(OR)
B. Explain the construction and working of stepper motor. 10

19. A. (i) Draw the VI- Characteristics of Zener diode and explain Zener breakdown 5
(ii) Explain the working operation of a bridge rectifier with a neat wave form. 5
(OR)
B. Explain about the working principle, forward and reverse characteristics of PN Junction 10
diode.

20. A. (i) Draw the circuit and truth table of a full adder. 5
(ii) Using NOR gate derive other logic gates. 5
(OR)
B. Explain about Demultiplexer with logical diagram. 10

21. A. (i) Explain the operation of 4bit Synchronous up counter with a truth table. 5
(ii) With a neat diagram, explain the working of SR Flip-Flop. 5
(OR)
B. Explain the working of Decade counter with circuit diagram, wave form and truth table 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 19


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING


Semester : III
Course Code : 15O - 7202
Course Name : C PROGRAMMING AND INTRODUCTION TO DATA STRUCTURES

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
C Programming
and Introduction
6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
to Data
Structures

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS


Unit No. Topics No. of Periods
I INTRODUCTION TO C PROGRAMMING 14
II DECISION MAKING, ARRAYS AND STRINGS 14
III FUNCTIONS, STRUCTURES, UNIONS AND POINTERS 14
IV INTRODUCTION TO DATA STRUCTURES 18
V TREES, GRAPHS, SORTING AND SEARCHING 17
INDUSTRIAL VISIT 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 90
RATIONALE
C is the most widely used computer language, which is being taught as a core course. C is general
purpose structural language that is powerful, efficient and compact, which combines features of
high level language and low-level language. It is closer to both Man and Machine. Due to this
inherent flexibility and tolerance it is suitable for different development environments. C can also be
used for system level programming and it is still considered as first priority programming language.
This course covers the basic concepts of C. This course will act as “Programming concept developer”
for students. It will also act as “Backbone” for subjects like OOPS, Visual Basic, Windows
Programming, JAVA etc.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 20


Data structures are the techniques of designing the basic algorithms for real-life projects. In the
present era, it is very essential to develop programs and organize data in such a way that it solves a
complex problem efficiently. Understanding of data structures is essential and this facilitates to
acquire sound knowledge of the insight of hardware requirement to any problem base. The practice
and assimilation of data structure techniques is essential for programming.

OBJECTIVES
At the end of the Course, the students will be able to:
 Know what is Program, Algorithm
 Analyze the concepts of Constants, Variables, Data types and operators
 Develop programs using input and output operations
 Use command line arguments
 Distinguish compiler controlled directives
 Understand the structure and usage of different looping and branching
statements. Define arrays and string handling functions
 Explain user-defined functions, structures, union and concept of Pointers
 Understand the basic concepts on data structure
 Differentiate Stack and Queue
 Understand the Operations of Stack
 Analyse tree and the different terms related with trees
 Gain knowledge about graph terminologies
 Write algorithms for different types of sorting

DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT – I INTRODUCTION TO C PROGRAMMING ……… 14 PERIODS
1.1 Introduction to C: History of C – features of C – Structure of C program – Compiling, link &
2 Per
run a program – Diagrammatic representation of program execution process.
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9f_Mzdx1bbY for compiling and linking process)

1.2 Variables, Constants & Data types: C character set -Tokens – Constants – Key words –
identifiers and Variables – Data types and storage – Data type Qualifiers – Declaration of
5 Per
Variables – Assigning values to variables – Declaring variables as constants – Declaration –
Variables as volatile – Overflow & under flow of data
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OSyjOvFbAGI for data types)
1.3 C Operators: Arithmetic, Logical, Assignment, Relational, Increment and Decrement,
Conditional, Bitwise, Special Operator precedence and Associativity. C expressions – 5 Per
Arithmetic expressions – Evaluation of expressions – Type cast operator
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sU8KrtJJETo for C operator)
1.4 I/O statements: Formatted input, formatted output, Unformatted I/O statements. 2 Per
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WjMOvATuZJQ for formatted input and output)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 21


UNIT – II DECISION MAKING, ARRAYS AND STRINGS ……. 14 PERIODS
2.1 Branching: Introduction – Simple if statement – if – else – else-if ladder, nested if-else -
2 Per
Switch statement – goto statement – Simple programs.
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6uoxG7KURU4 for branching)

2.2 Looping Statements: While, do-while statements, for loop, break & continue statement –
3 Per
Simple Programs.
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SvGVcnwfZe8 for looping statements)

2.3 Arrays: Declaration and initialization of One dimensional, Two dimensional and Character
4 Per
arrays – Accessing array elements – Programs using arrays
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NFJMjgXb0uA for arrays)

2.4 Strings : Declaration and initialization of string variables, Reading String, Writing Strings
– String handling functions(strlen(), strcat(), strcpy(), strcmp()) – String manipulation 3 Per
programs
( Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kbAC0FHZ8aM for string handling functions)

2.5 Built – in functions: Math functions – Console I/O functions – Standard I/O functions –
2 Per
Character Oriented functions – Simple programs.
( Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QM279SQAcWY for math functions)
UNIT – III FUNCTIONS, STRUCTURES, UNIONS AND POINTERS ………. 14 PERIODS
3.1 User defined functions: Defining functions & Needs, Scope and Life time of Variables,
Function call, Return values, Storage classes, Category of function – Recursion – Simple 3 Per
programs
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YCwzdaBiH0g for functions)

3.2 Structures and Unions: Structure – Definition, initialization, arrays of structures, Arrays
with in structures, structures within structures, Structures and functions – Unions – 5 Per
Structure of Union – Difference between Union and structure – Simple programs.
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WpvNOv-xvnY for structure and union)

3.3 Pointers: Definition – advantages of pointers – accessing the address of a variable


through pointers – declaring and initializing pointers – pointers expressions, increment
4 Per
and scale factor – array of pointers – pointers and array – pointer and character strings
– pointers and structures – programs using pointer.
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=odIOTXbBmts for pointers)
3.4 Dynamic Memory Management: Introduction – dynamic memory allocation – allocating a
block memory (MALLOC) – allocating multiple blocks of memory (CALLOC) – releasing the 2 Per
used space: (FREE) – altering the size of a block (REALLOC).
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xDVC3wKjS64 for dynamic memory management)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 22


UNIT – IV INTRODUCTION TO DATA STRUCTURES ………. 18 PERIODS
4.1 Data structures: Introduction about data structures – Definition – types of data
2 Per
structures – Initialization of data structures
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wIqnvhtKzQI for types of data structures)
4.2 Linked List: Terminologies: Node, Address, Pointer, Information, Null Pointer, Empty list –
Types of Linked Lists, Operations on a singly linked list (Algorithm): Traversing a singly
6 Per
linked list, Inserting a new node in singly linked list(at the middle) , searching a node –
Doubly linked list, Circular Linked Lists ( Concepts only, no Implementations)
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=C_ZiUHDNzGs for linked list)
4.3 Stack: Definition of a Stack – Operations on Stack (PUSH & POP) – Implementing Push
and Pop Operations. Applications of Stack – evaluate a postfix expression, convert an
6 Per
expression from Infix to postfix, Recursion – Simulation of recursive algorithm for
factorial.
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pQk4lpzIHwI for stack)
4.4 Queues: Definition – Implementation of queues using arrays – Circular Queue, Dequeue,
4 Per
and Priority Queue(Concepts Only)
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kzgGMaqdqz for Queue)
UNIT – V TREES, GRAPHS, SORTING AND SEARCHING ………. 17 PERIODS
5.1 Trees: Basic terminologies of trees – Node, Root, Parent, Child, Link, Sibling, Level, Height,
Depth, Leaf, Degree– Binary Tree – Binary Tree traversal ( Algorithm only): In order, Pre 5 Per
order, Post order traversal.
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qH6yxkw0u78 for tree)
5.2 Graphs: Definition – Graph terminologies – Directed and Undirected graph, Weighted
graph, Adjacent vertices, self-loop, Parallel edges, Path, cycle, indegree, out degree,
5 Per
complete graph, connected graph – Representation of graph – set representation –
adjacency matrix representation – comparison of representations.
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gXgEDyodOJU&lRvhb5DaAHdcHn for graph)
5.2. Sorting: Definition – Algorithm and C program for bubble sort, insertion sort – Concepts
4 Per
only: quick sort and shell sort.
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3OLTJlwyIqQ for Quick sort
5.3 Searching : Definition – Sequential search and Binary Search (Algorithm only) 3 Per
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l5DF0EfgLEU for Binary search)

LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES


I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time
applications
1. Soft Hands Software Services,# 12, 2nd Floor, Dadagapatty Gate, Salem – 6
2. Mahima Tech, Advaitha ashram road, Salem-6

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 23


3. Pramura Software Pvt Ltd, 12-A, II Floor, Sreevatsa Square, Mettupalayam Road,
Coimbatore – 4.
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and
as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

II. SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics in association with the IE(I)/ISTE and
the students’ Technical Association of Computer Engineering Programme.
1. Dynamic memory management
2. Pointers and Real time usage of Stack

III. CASE STUDIES


Prepare diagram chart and display the following methods
1. Various sorting methods
2. String representation
3. Data representations etc.

IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE


 Turbo C/C++ that support c/c++ compiler
 C Programming Fundamentals: http://www.c4learn.com/learn-c-programming-language
 Data Structure Introduction: http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?subjectId=106102064
 Data Structure Fundamentals: http://www.cprograms.in/index.html
 Data structure video http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tORLeHHtazM

TEXT BOOKS
YEAR OF PUBLISHING
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER
/ EDITION
1. BPB Publications,
Lets us C Yeswanth Kanetkar Fourth Revised
New Delhi
Programming and Problem ISRD Group, Tata Mc-GrawHill,
2. Sixth Reprint 2010
Solving using C Lucknow NewDelhi
New Age
First Edition, 1996,
3. Programming in C D.Ravinchandran International
Reprint 2001
Publishers, Chennai
Schaum:s outlines, Indian Adapted
4. Data Structures SeyMour Lipshutz TMH Pvt. Ltd. New Edition 2006.
Delhi. Reprint 2011.
Data Structures A Dharmender Singh Prentice Hall of
5. Programming Kushwaha and Arun India, Second Edition 2012
approach with C Kumar Misra New Delhi

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 24


REFERENCE BOOKS

YEAR OF PUBLISHING
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER
/ EDITION

O’Reilly S hroff, 11th Indian


1. Practical C Programming Steve Oualline
New Delhi Reprint Oct 2010
University Science
Introduction to
2. Venkatesh .Baitipuli Press, First Edition, 2009
Datastructures Using C
Chennai
Richard F Gilberg
First Edition, 2009,
3. Data structures andBe hrouz Second Edition
New Delhi
A.Forouzan

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 25


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)

DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING


C Programming and Introduction to Data Structures
Model Question Paper – I
Year / Sem : II / III Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7202 Time : 3 Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. Define keyword with examples.

2. Why do we use break Statement in for loop?

3. Write down the syntax and usage of union.

4. Differentiate tree and graph.

5. What is sequential search in tree?

6 What is null pointer?

7. Define Standard I/O functions.

8. Differentiate gets() and puts() function with the example.

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. Write down the Structure of C Programming.
10. Write a C program to find the factorial of the given number.
11. Mention the two methods of initializing the string array. Give an example.
12. What is recursion? What is the advantage of using it?
13. Define Circular Queue and Priority Queue.
14. State “in degree” and “out degree” of the graph
15. Differentiate Calloc() and Malloc().
16. Write a program to print a name and mark of the student using union

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 26


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. (i) Write down the features of C Programming. 5
(ii) Explain different Data types in ‘C’ with suitable examples 5
(OR)
B. What is an operator? Explain arithmetic, relational, logical operators in C language. 10

18. A. (i) Write a C program for Matrix Addition. 5


(ii) Explain any five string manipulation library functions with examples. 5
(OR)
B. Explain different types of loops in C with syntax and example. 10

19. A. (i) Explain array of pointers with example. 5


(ii) Explain in detail about the classification of functions. 5
(OR)
B. Write a C program to maintain a record of “n” student details using an array of with 10
four fields (Roll number, Name, Marks, and Grade). Each field is of an appropriate
data type. Print the marks of the student given student name as input.

20. A. (i) Write down the application of stack and Queue. 5


(ii) Convert the following infix expression into postfix expression. (A+B) / C(C+D) – (D*E) 5
(OR)
B. Describe the creation of Single Linked list and explain the operations. 10

21. A. (i) What is binary tree? Write down the results after traversing the following tree in 5
inorder, preorder and postorder

(ii) Explain clearly, with an example, the concepts of the following: 5


(i) Directed graph. (ii) Undirected graph.
(OR)
B. Explain the Algorithm for Bubble sort and Insertion sort with example. 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 27


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)

DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING


C Programming and Introduction to Data Structures
Model Question Paper – II
Year / Sem : II /III Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7202 Time : 3 Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. What is conditional operator?

2. Write down the usage of Strcpy () function.

3. Write a syntax for if….else statement.

4. How to you declare members in Structure?

5. State the merits of linear representation of binary trees

6 Define adjacency list.

7. What is bubble sort? Give an example.

8. Can a structure variable be defined as member of another structure? Explain with an example.

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. Write the diagrammatic representation of program execution process.

10. Write a syntax of Scanf() function with an example.

11. Differentiate between ceil() and floor() function.

12. Define pointer to pointer with an example program.

13. Write down the steps for evaluation of postfix expression.

14. State the differences between arrays and linked lists

15. What is meant by articulation point in a graph? Give an example.

16. Why C is called Middle level Language? Also write the characteristics of C.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 28


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. (i) Write a C program to find the simple interest and compound interest. 5
(ii) Explain about C Tokens. 5
(OR)
B. Explain about formatted input and output statements. 10

18. A. (i) Explain about two dimensional array with an example. 5


(ii) Write a function to check whether a string is a palindrome or not. 5
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about the branching statements. 10

19. A. (i) Write any five differences between structure and union. 5
(ii) Write a program to add the sum of numbers using pointers. 5
(OR)
B. Explain the different categories of function with example program. 10

20. A. (i) Explain Doubly Linked list and Circular Linked list 5
(ii) Why a linked list is called a dynamic data structure? What are the advantages of using 5
linked lists over arrays?
(OR)
B. What is dynamic memory allocation? Write and explain the different dynamic memory 10
allocation functions in C

21. A. (i) Write an algorithm for Binary searching 5


(ii) What is Quick Sort? Sort the following numbers 5, 9, 7, 1, 6, 2, 3, 10, 4, 8 using Quick 5
sort.
(OR)
B. Explain the concept of tree Implementation and give an example 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 29


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING


Semester : III
Course Code : 15O – 7203
Course Name : OPERATING SYSTEMS

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Operating
5 75 25 75 100 3 Hours
Systems

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS


Unit No. Topics No. of Periods
I INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEMS 13
II PROCESS MANAGEMENT 14
III MEMORY MANAGEMENT 13
IV I/O AND FILE MANAGEMENT , SECURITY AND PROTECTION 12
V LINUX – A CASE STUDY 10
INDUSTRIAL VISIT 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 75

RATIONALE
The heart of a computer is based around its Operating System. The processor deals with request
coming from all directions asynchronously. The operating system has to deal with the problems of
Contention, resource management and both program and user data management, and provide a
Useful no-wait user interface. The concept of Operating System is discussed through case studies of
LINUX. The course provides clear vision, understanding and working of Operating Systems.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 30


OBJECTIVES
At the end of the course the students will be able to:
 Understand the purpose, goals, functions and evolution of Operating Systems
 Understand the concept of process, various states in the process and their scheduling
 Classify different types of schedulers and scheduling algorithms
 Identify the significance of inter-process communication and synchronization
 Discuss the usage of semaphore in inter-process communication
 Understand the conditions and the ways to recover from deadlock
 Know about memory protection against unauthorized access and sharing
 Distinguish virtual memory and its underlying concepts
 Analyze the page replacement policies like Optimal, FIFO and LRU
 Gain Knowledge on disk scheduling techniques
 Identify the security threats and goals, roles of security policies
 Discuss the significance of authentication
 Describe the features and brief history of Linux
 Compare Windows and Linux and Analyze Linux architecture
 Identify the process management, memory management handled by LINUX
 Understand the file management ,device drivers handled by Linux

DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEMS ………..13 PERIODS

1.1 Basics of operating systems: Definition – Generations of Operating systems – Types of


operating systems : Mainframe, Desktop, Multiprocessor, Distributed, Clustered, 4 Per
Multiprogramming, Real time, Embedded and Time sharing
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2i2N_Qo_FyM for basics of OS)
1.2. Operating System Components: Process Management component – Memory
Management component – I/O Management component – File Management component – 3 Per
Protection System – Networking management component – Command interpreter
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VTQ6AC1gsaA for OS Components
1.3 Operating System Services: Process Execution – I/O operations – File manipulations –
Communications – Error detection and recovery – Resource allocation – Accounting – 4 Per
System Protection – System Calls – System call Execution
(Refer Web link : https://youtu.be/71a5FwfMdSk for OS services)
1.4. Operating System Structures: Simple structure, layered, monolithic, microkernel
2 Per
operating systems – Concept of Virtual Machine – Booting
(Refer Web link : https://youtu.be/nupZRaaWohU for OS structures)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 31


UNIT – II PROCESS MANAGEMENT ………. 14 PERIODS
2.1. Processes: Definition – Context switching – Processes Relationship – Process states –
Process State transitions – Process Control Block – Context switching – Threads – Concept 4 Per
of multithreads – Benefits of threads – Types of threads
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bS3QuOQgUu8 for Process)
2.2. Process Scheduling: Definition – Scheduling objectives – Types of schedulers – Scheduling
criteria – CPU utilization, Throughput, Turnaround Time, Waiting Time, Response Time
4 Per
(Definition only) – Scheduling algorithms – Preemptive and Non-preemptive – FCFS – SJF –
RR – Multiprocessor scheduling – Types – Performance evaluation of the scheduling
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AvPjOyeJbBM for process scheduling)
2.3. Interprocess Communication and Synchronization: Definition – Shared Memory System –
3 Per
Message passing – Critical section – Mutual Exclusion – Semaphores.
(Refer Web link : https://youtu.be/4BInccFSKso for synchronization)
2.4. Deadlocks: Definition – Deadlock characteristics – Deadlock Prevention – Deadlock
3 Per
Avoidance, Banker’s Algorithm – Deadlock detection and Recovery.
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GvfjiA9jkTs for deadlocks)
UNIT – III MEMORY MANAGEMENT ………. 13 PERIODS
3 3.1. Basic Memory Management : Definition – Logical and physical address map – Memory
allocation – Contiguous Memory allocation – Fixed and variable partition – Internal and
7 Per
External fragmentation and compaction – Paging – principle of operation – Page allocation
– Hardware support for paging – Protection and sharing – Disadvantages of paging.
(Refer Web link : https://youtu.be/Rnfu5qyysro for memory management)
3.2. Virtual Memory : Basics of Virtual Memory – Hardware and control structures – Locality
of reference, page fault , working set , Dirty page/Dirty bit – Demand paging ( Concepts
6 Per
only) – Page Replacement policies – Optimal (OPT) , First in First Out (FIFO), Second
Chance (SC), Not recently used (NRU) and Least Recently used (LRU)
(Refer Web link : https://youtu.be/qlH4-oHnBb8 for virtual memory)
UNIT – IV I/O AND FILE MANAGEMENT , SECURITY AND PROTECTION ……. 12 PERIODS
4.1. Disk Management: Disk Structure, Disk Scheduling and its algorithms, RAID TECHNOLOGY 4 Per
(Refer Web link : https://youtu.be/X63lwwQtpic for I/O Management)
4.2. File Management: File concept – File attributes – Name, Identifier, Type, Location, Size,
Time, Date, user identification – File Operations – Directory Structure – Single level, Two
levels, Tree Structure – Disk space allocation methods – Contiguous, Linked, Indexed 6 Per
Access Methods – Sequential, Random access – File system structure – Byte sequence,
record sequence and Tree-based – Disk formatting
(Refer Web link : https://youtu.be/fpxcL7tm2qM for file management)
4.3. Security and Protection: Security threats – Security Policies and Mechanisms –
2 Per
Authentications
(Refer Web link : https://youtu.be/wm4fnWFYogs for security)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 32


UNIT – V LINUX – A CASE STUDY ………. 10 PERIODS
5.1. Introduction – History of Linux – Features of Linux – Differences between Windows and
Linux – Linux Architecture -Popular Flavors of Linux-FSF/GNU-Linux Desktop: GNOME – 3 Per
KDE
(Refer Web link : https://youtu.be/I8ik8pDTgJE for Linux
5.2 Process Management – Process creation – Process states – Running, Wait, Stopped,
Zombie – Process scheduling Information – Memory Management – Access control –
4 Per
Caches – Buffer cache – Page cache – swap cache – hardware caches – Page allocation
and De – allocation
(Refer Web link : https://youtu.be/1fwxHAf1E88 for process management in Linux)
5.3 File System – ext2 – Virtual File System – different types of files-File Management – File
3 Per
Security – 3 levels – Mounting file system – Unmounting

(Refer Web link : https://youtu.be/fpxcL7tm2qM for file system in Linux)

LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES


I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time
applications
1. iClass -Five Roads,Salem-4
2. Blaze Dream Technologies – Nungambakkam, Chennai-6
3. FZ Software solutions – Avinashi road, Coimbatore – 14
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and
as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

II. SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics in association with the IE(I)/ISTE and
the students’ Technical Association of Computer Engineering Programme.
1. Real time operating systems and it part in industries
2. Evolution and version changes in Windows and Linux

III. CASE STUDIES


Case study on the following Operating Systems
1. Windows
2. Fedora
3. Android

IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE


 cygwin.en.softonic.com [Open Source Linux Terminal]
 www.nptel.ac.in

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 33


TEXT BOOKS
YEAR OF
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING/
EDITION
Operating System Pearson
1. Internal and Design William Stallings Education, New 7th Edition
Principles Delhi

Operating System Sibsankar Haldas Pearson Education,


2. First Edition 2009
Concepts Alex A.Anand New Delhi

Prentice Hall, Inc, Second Edition


3. Operating System Andrew S.Tanen Baum
New Delhi 1997

REFERENCE BOOKS
YEAR OF
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING/
EDITION
1. Operating system, PHI Learning, New
Pal Chaudhury First Edition 2009
Principals and Design Delhi
2. Operating System William stalling Pearson Education,
Sixth edition 2011
New Delhi
3. Operating Systems Pearson Education, Third Edition ,
Deitel and Deitel
New Delhi 2007
4. Operating System Firewall Media, New
P.S. Gill First Edition, 2007
Concepts Delhi
5. Rohit Khurana Vikas Publishing Ltd,
Operating System First Edition 2011
ITLESE Mumbai

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 34


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Operating Systems
Model Question Paper – I
Year / Sem : II / III Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7203 Time : 3 Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. What is Operating system? Is Operating system a system software or application software?
2. Define deadlock and mention its characteristics.
3. Classify the different types of threads and list its benefits.
4. Define paging technique and point out its disadvantages.
5. List the four different page replacement policies used in memory management.
6 What is the use of file attributes? List any four file attributes.
7. Define the terms i) Page cache ii) Swap cache.
8. Consider a disk with the following characteristics:
Number of surface =16Number of sectors / cylinder= 4096
Number of tracks per surface =2048Number of bytes per sector =512
What is the total size of this disk?
PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. Give a concise explanation on the concept of booting.
10. What is a virtual machine (VM)? Mention any one benefit of using VM
11. Define the following scheduling criteria i) Throughput ii) Turnaround time iii) Response time
12. Mention the need for page replacement policies and list any four of its types.
13. Draw the disk structure and mention any four types of disk scheduling algorithms.
14. List down any six authentication techniques available in security mechanism.
15. Give any six differences between Windows and Linux.
16. Apply SJF algorithm to calculate the waiting time for the processes given and also draw the Gantt
Chart.
Process Arrival Time Service Time
P1 0 8
P2 1 4
P3 2 9
P4 3 5

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 35


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. (i) Explain about main frame operating system in detail. 5
(ii) Explain in detail about system calls. 5
(OR)
B. Describe in detail the layered operating system structure and also explain the error 10
detection and recovery service of operating system.

18. A. (i) Explain in detail about deadlock prevention. 5


(ii) Explain in detail about deadlock avoidance and explain Banker’s algorithm. 5
(OR)
B. In detail explain the FCFS and Round Robin algorithm. Gantt Chart is to be drawn for 10
the examples

19. A. (i) With neat diagrams explain the concept of External fragmentation. 5
(ii) With neat diagrams explain the concept of Internal fragmentation 5
(OR)
B. With neat diagrams explain the following page replacement policies i) FIFO ii) LRU 10

20. A. (i) What is RAID technology? Explain about the four levels of RAID 5
(ii) Elaborate single and two level directory structures. 5
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about the security policies and mechanisms. 10

21. A. (i) Summarize the features of Linux. 5


(ii) Explain the various process states in Linux 5
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about Linux architecture and also explain the VFS 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 36


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)

DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING


Operating Systems
Model Question Paper – II
Year / Sem : II /III Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7203 Time : 3 Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. With examples differentiate System software and Application software.

2. List the process states that a process can attain in its life cycle

3. What do you infer from term Race condition? Mention the technique used to overcome it.

4. Mention any four disadvantages of paging technique

5. Define the terms i) LOR ii) Dirty bit

6 Draw the tree based directory structure and state any one benefit.

7. What is virtual file system and list any two benefits

8. With the help of a diagram show the steps involved in making the following system call: read (fd,
buffer, nbytes)

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. State the need, function and any two commands of I/O management component.

10. What is context switching? How it is useful in time sharing systems?

11. What is Booting? Mention the step by step procedure in booting.

12. State any three differences between single and multiple threads.

13. State any three differences between Fixed and Variable partitions

14. Define the following terms i) Sector ii) Track iii) Cylinder

15. List the three types of file permission to users and also mention its equivalent numeric codes.

16. How to calculate number of bits in logical address and physical address when logical address space
of 8 pages of 1024 word each, mapped to physical memory of 32 frames?

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 37


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. (i) Explain about any two types of operating system in detail 5
(ii) Give a detailed account on I/O management component used in operating system 5
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about the different operating system services. 10

18. A. (i) Write in detail about SJF scheduling. 5


(ii) With diagram, explain about process control block. 5
(OR)
B. With algorithm clearly explain the concept of critical section, Semaphores and mention 10
its importance in mutual exclusion.

19. A. (i) Explain about contiguous memory allocation. 5


(ii) With diagrammatic projection explain the hardware support for paging. 5
(OR)
B. Explain about the hardware and control structures and the concept of demand paging in 10
virtual memory.

20. A. (i) Explain any one disk scheduling algorithm in detail 5


(ii) What is disk formatting? Explain its types in detail. 5
(OR)
B. Illustrate the different file access methods and file structures available. 10

21. A. (i) Give a brief account on Linux architecture 5


(ii) List down any ten differences Windows and Linux 5
(OR)
B. What is a cache? Explain in detail about the four caches available in Linux 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 38


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester : III
Course Code : 15O – 7204
Course Name : ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS PRACTICAL

TEACHING ANDSCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Electrical and
Electronics 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
Practical

OBJECTIVES
At the end of the practical course the students will be able to:
 Gain experience in handling of electronic equipment’s
 Verify Power supply of SMPS
 Analyze the characteristics of SCR
 Find the efficiency and Voltage regulations of single phase transformer
 Test and draw the characteristics of PN junction diode
 Study the reverse bias characterizes of Zener diode
 Realize the importance of Common emitter configuration
 Construct and realize various logic gates using ICs
 Prove De-Morgan’s theorem
 Construct and verify the truth table of Arithmetic circuits
 Design, implement and test the various flip-flops
 Design ripple Counters
 Design Asynchronous mod N counter
 Design shift register circuits

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 39


LAB EXERCISES
1 a. Measure current, voltage and resistance using various test meters Ammeter, Voltmeter
and multi meter.
b. Checking of Power Supply – SMPS.
2 Determine the holding current of SCR and draw the VI characteristic curve.
3 Observe waveforms of A.C. Voltage and current on CRO. Determine amplitude and phase
and understand the concepts of lagging and leading
4 Determine efficiency and voltage regulation of single phase transformer by direct loading
method.
5 Draw the forward bias and reverse bias characteristics of a PN Junction diode and
determine the forward resistance of the diode
6 Draw the forward and reverse bias characteristics of a Zener diode.
7 Draw the characteristics of Common Emitter Configuration and determine its input
impedance, output impedance and current gain.
8 Construct and test full- wave rectifier and bridge rectifier circuit.
9 Verify truth tables of logic gates using IC 7404, 7408, 7432, 7402, 7400,7486
10 Verify De-Morgan’s Theorems.
11 Construct Half adder and full adder circuits using ICs and verify their truth table
12 Construct Half subtractor and full sub tractor using ICs and verify their truth table
13 Verify the operation of a multiplexer and de-multiplexer using IC’s
14 Implement and Test RS, JK, T and D flip-flops.
15 Construct and test 4-bit ripple counter and observe the output waveform
16 Construct and test synchronous counter and observe the output waveform.
17 Construct and test 4-bit shift registers

SCHEME OF VALUATION
ALLOCATION OF MARKS
Write up any One Experiment (Circuit Diagram,
1 30
Tabular column, Truth table/ Equation /Formula )
2 Construction 30
3 Result 10
4 Viva-Voce 05
Total 75

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 40


LIST OF EQUIPMENTS / COMPONENTS REQUIRED
EQUIPMENTS

S.No Name of the Equipment Range Required Nos

1. Digital Multimeter - 3

2. Ammeter (0-50) mA 6

3. Voltmeter (0-20) V, (0-1v) 6

4. Power supply (0-30)V 6

5. Digital Trainer Kit - 6

6. Bread Board - 6

7. Fixed dual power Supply 0-15 V 2

8. Signal generator 1 MHz 2

9. CRO Dual Trace 30 MHz 6

10. Single Phase Transformer - 2

11. SCR - 5

COMPONENTS
S.No Name of the components RANGE

1. Resistors 150Ω, 1KΩ, 2.2KΩ,10KΩ,220Ω


2. Capacitor 10µF, 4.7µF
3. PN Diode IN4007

4. Zener Diode Z11.1

5. Transistor SL100,CL100
7400, 7402, 7404, 7408, 7432, 7486,
6. IC
74161, 74153, 74139, 7476, 74194
7. Transistor SL100

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 41


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester : III
Course Code : 15O – 7205
Course Name : C PROGRAMMING AND DATA STRUCTURES PRACTICAL

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
C Programming
and Data
6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
structures
Practical

OBJECTIVES
At the end of the practical course the students will be able to:
 Analyze the given problem
 Think the logic to solve the given problem
 Distinguish the concepts of constants, variables, data types and operators
 Develop programs using input and output operations
 Gain knowledge to write programs using different looping and branching statements
 Acquire knowledge to write programs based on arrays
 Gain knowledge to write Programs using string handling functions
 Acquire knowledge to write programs using user-defined functions, Structures and
Union
 Gain knowledge to write programs using the concept of Pointers
 Acquire knowledge to write programs using command line arguments
 Create a file and perform file operations
 Gain knowledge to write programs using file handling functions
 Acquire knowledge to write programs using compiler control directives

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 42


LAB EXERCISES
PART A
1. Write a C Program to calculate Simple and Compound interest
2. Write a C Program to swap two variables using (i) third variable and (ii) without using a
third variable.
3. Write a C Program to find the largest number between given three numbers.
4. Write a Program to check whether the given string is palindrome or not.
5. Read a string, which consists of both lower case characters and upper case
characters. Convert the lowercase character into upper case and vice versa.
Display the new string.
6. Write a Program to prepare the total marks for N students by reading the Regno, Name,
Mark1 to Mark6 by using array of structures. .
7. Write a function to calculate the sum and average of given three numbers. Write a main
function to call the above function
8. Using pointers, find the length of the given string.
9. Write a program to print the address of a variable and increase the content by 5 and print
the new value.
PART B
10. Read an integer number. Find the number of digits and sum of all individual digits and also
print the above number in reverse order.
11. Using Switch… Case Statement, print the given number into equivalent Word. ( For example
if the input is 3, then the output should be THREE)
12. Write a program to arrange the given N names in alphabetical order.
13. Write a program to read a string S1 from the terminal. Again read a string S2 from the
terminal and check the given string S2 in the string S1. If it does, remove string S2 from the
string S1 and print the updated string S1. ( For example S1 = Concatenate and S2 = cat ,
then the final result should be “Conenate”
14. Write a Program to read ten values to an array variable. Use pointers to locate and display
each value.
15. Write a C program to print the abbreviation of an Organization Name. (For example if the
input is “BHARAT HEAVY ELECTRONICS LIMITED” , then the output should be “BHEL”.)
16. Write a Program to copy contents of one file to another file. Also find the number of
characters, lines and words in the above file.
17. Write a C program to sort ‘n’ numbers using bubble sort.
18. Write a C program to create a singly linked list containing at least five elements. Make
necessary assumptions.
19. Write a C program to create a binary tree.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 43


SCHEME OF VALUATION

ALLOCATION OF MARKS
Writing any one program from PART – A 10 Marks
Writing any one program from PART – B 15 Marks
Executing program (PART – A) 15 Marks
Executing program (PART – B) 20 Marks
Result with printout ( PART – A) 5 Marks
Result with printout ( PART – B) 5 Marks
VIVA – VOCE 5 Marks
TOTAL 75 Marks

S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENTS Total Nos


1 Desktop Computers 36 Nos.
2 Laser Printer 4 Nos.

S. No. LIST OF SOFTWARE SUGGESTED


1 TURBO C – Compiler with Editor

SPOKEN TUTORIAL
 Spoken Tutorial based training workshop on C can be included for 2 hours during the
Practical Hours.
 After Completion of workshop, students can revise the tutorials for 2-3 weeks.
 All the students will compulsorily undergo 1 hour online assessment test conducted by
Spoken Tutorial project team, IIT Bombay.
 Certificates will be issued to all passed out candidates by Spoken Tutorial, IIT Bombay.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 44


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester : III
Course Code : 15O – 7206
Course Name : OPERATING SYSTEMS PRACTICAL

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Operating
Systems 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours
Practical

OBJECTIVES
At the end of the practical course the students will be able to:
 Differentiate Linux and Windows Login and log off Procedures
 Analyze the General purpose commands both in Linux and Windows
 Learn the use of simple filters in Linux and Windows
 Learn the use of advanced filters in Linux
 Know the details of process status in Linux and Windows
 Analyze Various communication Commands
 Know about the Search patterns
 Acquire knowledge on shell scripts
 Know how to retrieve the data from a table
 Define the elements of the shell script
 Gain knowledge to write shell script for various problems

THEORY CONTENTS
Introduction to users groups and super user logging in and logging out – Internal and external
commands in Linux – Internal commands in Linux echo, type – External commands in Linux, ls, mv,
rm, cat, useradd – Command line commands – who, log name, banner, cal, date, bc, man, info etc.
Working with files and directories. – Know the categories of files – Files and directory commands –
cat, less, more, ls, comm, diff, tar – Pipes and redirection- use of !, and, > ,touch, absolute and
relative paths. Directory related commands – pwd, cd, mkdir, rmdir - Manipulating file commands

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 45


– cp, mv, rm – File permissions and file utilities. File link commands chmod, umask, file, type, wc,
split, cmp, diff.Learn to use vi editor - Simple Filters – head, tail, cut, paste, sort, uniq, tr, pr.-
Advanced filters – Expressions and search patterns .(dot operator), *, ^, +, ?, grep, egrep, fgrep -
Process Management commands. - Process creation, status, Identifying process, ps -f and its
options, Running process in background, Job control, Process termination. Changing process priority,
scheduling process (Usage of sleep and wait commands) Communication utilities - write msg, talk,
mail and wall. Creating shell script, Shell identifiers, Shell variables, Destroying a variable, Positional
parameters and command line arguments - evaluating expressions, Text formatting with echo and
tput script termination - Shell control structures - if, case, for, while, relational and logical operators -
Advanced filter – sed and awk.

LAB EXERCISES

PART – A LINUX / WINDOWS COMMANDS


Write down the syntax and usage of the following exercise with all options. Check the
commands with the system
1 (a) Logon to UNIX and logoff [Linux and Windows ]
(b) Usage of directory management commands: Linux- ls,cd,pwd, mkdir,rmdir
Windows – md,cd,rd, tree
(c) Usage of File Management commands: Linux - cat, chmod,cp,mv,rm,more, file
commands, Windows – Copy con , edit , ren, del , move
2. Use the general purpose commands: wc, od, lp, cal , date, who , tty ,ln
3. Using the simple filters: Linux -pr, head, tail, cut, paste, nl, sortWindows – more, find,
sort
4. Advanced filters : Search for a pattern using grep, egrep and fgrep
5. To know the details of process management commands Linux-ps command , nohup, kill,
nice: Windows – tasklist, tskill, taskkill
6. Communication Commands: news, write, mail, wall, calendar
7. Device pattern using meta character to match each of the following situation:-
a. All two character filenames.
b. All filenames consisting of two lowercase letters.
c. All filenames ending with .c.
d. All filenames beginning with a c and ending with a digit.
e. All filenames beginning with p and having at somewhere.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 46


PART – B SHELL SCRIPTS
8. Write a shell-script that accepts a numerical value N. Then display the decrementing value
of N till it reaches 0.
9. Linux Communication commands: hostname, ipcalc, ping, traceroute, finger
10. Using the awk, Display roll no., branch and marks of a given student
11. Write a shell-script that takes three command line arguments. The first argument is the
name of the destination file and the other two arguments are names of files to be placed
in the destination file.
12. Write a Shell script to print contents of file from given line number to next given number
of lines
13. a)Shell script to say Good morning/Afternoon/Evening as you log in to system
b) Write a shell-script that print out date information in this order: Sys time and date, day
of the week, day number and year – that is like this. 13:55:00 IST Fri 15 Apr 2016
14. Write a shell-script that tells you its name and PID, current path, system info commands.
15. Develop a Basic math Calculator using case statement
16. Write a shell-script that takes a login name as a command line argument and reports to
you when that person logs in. Have it sent a greeting to that person.
17. Write a shell-script that takes a command line argument and reports on whether it is a
directory, a file or something else.

SCHEME OF VALUATION
ALLOCATION OF MARKS
Commands in PART – A 10 Marks
Execution of Commands in PART – A 15 Marks
Program in (PART – B) 15 Marks
Executing of program in(PART – B) 20 Marks
Result with printout ( PART – A) 5 Marks
Result with printout ( PART – B) 5 Marks
VIVA – VOCE 5 Marks
TOTAL 75 Marks

S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENTS Total Nos


1 Desktop Computers 36 Nos. (1 Linux Server)
2 Laser Printer 4 Nos.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 47


S. No. LIST OF SOFTWARE SUGGESTED
1 Linux Operating System
2 Windows Operating System

SPOKEN TUTORIAL
 Spoken Tutorial based training workshop on Linux can be included for 2 hours during the
Practical Hours.
 After Completion of workshop, students can revise the tutorials for 2-3 weeks.
 All the students will compulsorily undergo 1 hour online assessment test conducted by
Spoken Tutorial project team, IIT Bombay.
 Certificates will be issued to all passed out candidates by Spoken Tutorial, IIT Bombay.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 48


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester : III
Course Code : 15O-7207
Course Name : WEB DESIGNING PRACTICAL
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Web Designing
4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours
Practical
OBJECTIVES
At the end of the practical course the students will be able to:
• Develop and execute simple Client Side Web Page
• Learn how to design and develop a Web page using HTML and CSS
• Learn how to link pages so that they can create a Web site
• Design and develop a Web site using text, images, links, lists, and tables for navigation and layout
• Learn how to use graphics in Web design
• Identify how to Link pages so that they can create a Web site
• Design and develop web pages using CSS styles, internal and/or external style sheets

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
PART-A
1. Create a Web Page in HTML to your polytechnic containing a description of the courses offered. It
should also contain some general information about the college such as its history, the campus,
its unique features and so on. The site should be colored &each section should have a different
color
2. Create a Web Page in HTML to show your brief curriculum vita. To show your academic history
using Table Tag.
3. Create a Web Page in HTML to show varies stationary Items using Order List, Unordered List, and
Definition List Tags.
4. Create a web page in HTML with appropriate content and insert an image towards the left-hand
side of the page. When user clicks on the image, it should open another webpage.
5. Create a Web Page in HTML about your friends. List your friends. Each friend’s name is a link.
Prepare separate HTML documents for each friend and call them in the appropriate link.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 49


6. Create Web Page in HTML to show books in inventory in different tables using Row Span and
Column Span.
7. Create a Web Page for Mobile shopping Advertisement using Four Frame (Picture, Table, List, and
Hyperlink).
8. Create a Web Page in HTML to show bank account opening form.
9. Create a Web Page in HTML to create a login form. On submitting the form, the user should get
navigated to a profile page.
10. Create a Web Page in HTML to illustrate Embedded Multimedia.
PART-B
11. Create a Web Page in HTML CSS to create a time table for the class using different border style.
12. Create a Web Page in HTML CSS to create an online Editor using Dropdown navigation bar.
13. Create a Web Page in HTML to village development home page using inline CSS.
14. Create a Web Page in HTML to Tourism Gallery using internal CSS.
15. Create a Web Page in HTML to show E-Shopping Site like (www.Flipkart.com) using External CSS.
SCHEME OF VALUATION

ALLOCATION OF MARKS
Writing answer For any one Program From PART-A 10 Marks
Writing answer For any one Program From PART-B 15 Marks
Executing Program(PART-A) 15 Marks
Executing Program(PART-B) 20 Marks
Result With Printout(PART-A) 5 Marks
Result With Printout(PART-B) 5 Marks
VIVA-VOCE 5 Marks
TOTAL 75 Marks

S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENT Total Nos


1 Desktop Computers 36 Nos.
2 Laser Printer 4 Nos.

S. No. LIST OF SOFTWARE SUGGESTED


1 Text Editor
2 HTML Supporting Browser (Any One)
 Internet Explorer 10
 Opera 11.60
 Chrome 19

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 50


SEMESTER - IV

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 51


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester : IV
Course Code : 15O - 7208
Course Name : COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Computer
5 75 25 75 100 3 Hours
Architecture

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS


Unit No. Topics No. of Periods
I BASICS OF COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 13
II BASIC COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND DESIGN 12
III INPUT - OUTPUT MODULE 12
IV MEMORY ORGANIZATION 13
INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSORS AND ADVANCED
V 12
PROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE
INDUSTRIAL VISIT 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 75

RATIONALE
Diploma in Computer Engineering has to be conversant with computer, its terminology and
functioning. Computer architecture is concerned with the structure and behavior of the various
functional modules of the computer and their interaction, the course provides the necessary
understanding of the hardware operation of digital computers.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 52


OBJECTIVES
At the end of the course the students will be able to:
 Know the fundamental blocks of computer
 Realize the function of I/O in different operation
 Analyze the modes and use of I/O Processors
 Know about different memory types and their operations
 Acquire knowledge on fundamentals blocks of CPU
 Know about the computer Arithmetic
 Differentiate the different processors
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT I BASICS OF COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE ……. 13 PERIODS
1.1 Register Transfer Language: Register Transfer Language – Register transfer – control
3 Per
function – Bus transfer- Memory transfer
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/Tus1Tjhnd2w for registers)
1.2 Micro operations and ALU: Arithmetic micro operations – Binary adder – subtractor,
incremental, 4 bit arithmetic circuit; Logic micro operations – One stage logic circuit – 3 Per
applications – Shift micro operations – 4 bit combinational circuit shifter – stages of ALU
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/6L9hDBu3pyE for micro ALU operations)
1.3. Central Processing Unit: Major components of CPU – General register organization – Bus
system – register set with common ALU – Memory stack – Stack limits – Reverse polish 4 Per
notation – Evaluation of arithmetic expression
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/GQM7Hv9q480 for CPU in CA)
1.4 Control Unit : Structure of control unit – Fetch, indirect, execute, and interrupt cycles –
3 Per
instruction cycle – Difference between Hardwired control & micro programmed control
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=baUNVfDlTUw for control unit)
UNIT II BASIC COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND DESIGN …… 12 PERIODS
Instruction Codes and Computer Register: Stored Program Organization – Indirect
2.1. 3 Per
Address – Common Bus System
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/HbsuwpJgKao for instruction codes)
Computer Instructions & Timing and Control: Instruction Set Completeness – Timing and
2.2. 3 Per
Control
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/uMgYwDokXi4 for timing control)
Instruction Cycle and Memory Reference Instructions: Fetch and Decode – Determine
2.3. the type of Instruction – Register – Reference Instructions. Memory Reference 3 Per
Instructions: AND to AC, ADD to AC, LDA: Load to AC, STA: Store AC, Control Flow chart
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/fpVCZfF3PdE for memory references instructions)
Input – Output and Interrupt & Complete Computer Description: Input-Output
2.4 3 Per
Configuration – Input-Output Instructions – Program Interrupt – Interrupt Cycle
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3YHAOib_7K8 for I/O and interrupts)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 53


UNIT III INPUT – OUTPUT MODULE …… 12 PERIODS
3.1. Input output Interface : Need for I/O interface, I/O bus and interface, I/O commands,
3 Per
Example of I/O interface
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/hyXGB8UYDVg for I/O interfaces)
3.2. Asynchronous Data Transfer: Strobe control, handshaking, Asynchronous serial transfer,
3 Per
Asynchronous communication interface
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/Eyf24_7o-nM for Asynchronous data transfer)
3.3. Modes of transfer: Programmed I/O Interrupt initiated I/O-vectored interrupt, non-
vectored interrupt, Priority interrupt, Interrupt controller, DMA – DMA controller, 3 Per
DMA transfer
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/Eyf24_7o-nM for modes of transfer)
3.4 I/O Processor: CPU-IOP communication, Serial communication. 3 Per
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/tn45bY-EA8Y for I/O Processor)
UNIT III UNIT IV MEMORY ORGANISATION ………. 13 PERIODS
4.1. Memory Organization: Memory Hierarchy – Main memory – Auxiliary memory 3 Per
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/SZu2pchW54Q for memory organization)
4.2. Associative Memory: Hardware organization, Match Logic – Read operation-Write
3 Per
operation
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/3eriC-pIQKg for associative memory)
4.3. Cache Memory: Need for cache memory – Organization – Operational principle –
3 Per
Mapping Techniques – Cache initialization
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/jyu5RKDwkTA for cache memory)
4.4 Virtual Memory: Address space – Memory Space – Address mapping – Associative
4 Per
memory page table – Page Replacement
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/qcBIvnQt0Bw?list=PLiwt1iVUib9s2Uo5BeYmwkDFUh70fJPxX
for virtual memory)
UNIT V INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSORS AND ADVANCED PROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE
….... 12 PERIODS
5.1 Microprocessor: Block diagram of 8086- Registers: segment registers, address:
5 Per
effective address, flag registers and application of microprocessor
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/liRPtvj7bFU?list=PL0E131A78ABFBFDD0 for microprocessor)

5.2 Parallel Processing: Parallel Processing – Flynn’s Classification of Parallel Processing –


4 Per
Vector Computers – Array Processors – Distributed Shared Memory Parallel Computers.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/q7sgzDH1cR8 for parallel processing)
5.3 Pipe Lining: instruction pipeline – arithmetic pipeline – pipelining in super scalar
3 Per
processors
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/DxOGkwFQ8EU for pipelining)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 54


LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time
applications
1. Intel Technology India Private Limited, No. 21, Old Airport Road, HAL Airport Road, Kodihalli,
Bengaluru, Karnataka 560008
2. Qualcomm, No 8, Floors 1,3,4,5 Mindspace, Hitec City Rd, Madhapur, Hyderabad, Telangana
500081
3. Frontline Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Pandian street, Alagapuram, Salem - 636016, Tamilnadu, India
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and
as hard copy to the faculty concerned.
[[[[

II. SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics in association with the IE(I)/ISTE and
the students’ Technical Association of Computer Engineering Programme.
1. 21st Century computer architectures
2. Memory technology and optimization

III. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE


 http://www.ddegjust.ac.in/studymaterial/msc-cs/ms-07.pdf
 http://www.learnerstv.com/lectures.php?course=ltv086&cat=Computer-Science
 http://www.tutorialspoint.com/computer_logical_organization/cpu_architecture.htm

TEXT BOOKS:
YEAR OF
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHIN
G/EDITION
Prentice –Hall of
Third
1. Computer System Architecture M.MORRIS MANO India Pvt Limited,
Edition
New Delhi
Computer
Pearson
Organization and Architecture Eighth
2. William Stallings Publications, New
Designing for Edition
Yark city
Performance

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 55


REFERNENCE BOOKS:
YEAR OF
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING
/EDITION
McGraw-Hill
V.Carlhamacher, International
Computer
1. ZvonkoG.Vransic, Editions-Computer Fifth Edition
Organization
SafgatG.Zaky science series, New
Delhi
David A. Patterson
Computer Organization Morgan Kauffman
2. and John L. Fifth edition
andDesign / Elsevier, New Delhi
Hennessey
Computer
Tata McGraw Hill, Third
3. Architecture and John P. Hayes
New Delhi Edition
Organization

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 56


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Computer Architecture
Model Question Paper – I
Year / Sem : II / IV Max. Marks : 75
Code : 15O-7208 Time : 3 Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. How will you make changes in hardwired control and microprogrammed control?
2. What are the basic symbols used in register transfer notation? State the meaning of the symbolic
form R2 ← R1
3. List out any two instruction code format.
4. What are the two methods used for asynchronous data transfer?
5. In interrupt initiated I/O, what are the two ways available to choose the branch address of the service
routine?
6 How can you perform read operation in Associative memory?
7. Define Microprocessor.
8. List down three key areas that limits the performance of superscalar techniques.

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No.16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. How will you evaluate the arithmetic expression? Give an example.
10. Draw a neat sketch of control flow chart.
11. Write down any three memory reference instructions.
12. What is DMA data transfer? State its use.
13. What are the main advantages of using Input / Output interface?
14. What is meant by locality of reference?
15. How the computer organization is categorized according to Flynn’s classification?
16. How is a block found in a cache?

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 57


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. i) Explain the major components of CPU. 5
ii) Convert the following arithmetic expression from reverse polish notation to infix 5
notation: ABXYZ+*–/
OR
B. Explain the structure of control unit and discuss the following 10
 Hardwired control unit
 Micro programmed control unit

18. A. i) What is indirect address? Explain with diagram. 5


ii) Explain the following Memory reference instructions with example : 5
 AND to AC
 ADD to AC
 LDA: Load to AC
 STA: Store AC
OR
B. How can interrupt is recognized? Explain the interrupt cycle. 10

19. A. i) What are interrupts? Explain different types of interrupts. 5


ii) Explain CPU – IOP Communication. 5
OR
B. With a neat block diagram, explain how DMA controller is initialized for DMA data 10
Transfer.

20. A. i) What is cache memory? Explain the ‘hit ratio’ associated with cache memory. 5
Why page-table is required in a virtual memory system? Explain different ways of 5
ii)
organizing a page table.
OR
B. What is memory hierarchy? Draw a neat diagram. How to exploit memory 10
hierarchy?

21. A. i) What is Distributed Shared Memory? Explain with a neat diagram. 5


ii) Explain about super scalar processor. 5
OR
B. Explain in detail about Flynn’s Classification. 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 58


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Computer Architecture
Model Question Paper – II
Year / Sem : II / IV Max. Marks : 75
Code : 15O-7208 Time : 3 Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. What is a control function? Give an example.
2. The content of two 8 bit registers AL and BL in hexadecimal notation are F2, FF respectively. What
will be the values of these registers after executing the following micro-operation : AL AL + BL
3. What is meant by fetch and decode?
4. What is the use of strobe control? Write one disadvantage of strobe control method?
5. List out the types of interrupt.
6 What is a seek time? What is a transfer time?
7. Define super scalar processors.
8. How do you improve the cache performance?

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No.16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. Convert 3 / (5 + y * x) into Reverse Polish Notation.
10. State instruction set completeness.
11. Discuss the properties of an ideal instruction set computer.
12. What is the function of interrupt controller?
13. Why do we need virtual memory?
14. State the advantages of cache memory.
15. How do you perform address mapping using pages?
16. How does a programmer access the subroutines within the library if he does not know the starting
address of each routine? Explain.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 59


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. i) Design a hardware circuit by using common bus architecture to implement the 5
following Register Transfer Languages.
P: A1_ A2
Q: A2_ A3
R: A4_ A1
S: A3_A4, A1_A4
Where A1, A2, A3, A4 are one bit register
ii) Give the comparison between & examples of hardwired control unit and micro 5
programmed control unit.
OR
B. Find the prefix and postfix notation for the following infix expression: 10
i. A/B^C+D*E-A*C
ii. A /B^C + D * E – A * C
iii. A * (B+C–D/E)/F#
iv. A * B + (C – D/E)

18. A. i) Explain in detail about Common bus system. 5


ii) What is the function of Interrupt cycle? Explain. 5
OR
B. Explain all the phases of instruction cycle. 10

19. A. i) What is the need of I/O interface? Explain I/O bus and interface. 5
ii) What do you mean by initialization of DMA controller? How DMA controller works? 5
Explain with a suitable block diagram.
OR
B. What are the interrupts? Explain different types of interrupts. 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 60


20. A. i) Discuss the main features of associative memory Page Table. How does it work in 5
mapping the virtual address into Physical memory address?
ii) Consider a cache (M1) and memory (M2) hierarchy with the following characteristics: 5
M1 : 16 K words, 50 ns access time
M2 : 1 M words, 400 ns access time
Assume 8 words cache blocks and a set size of 256 words with set associative
mapping.
(i)Show the mapping between M2 and M1.
(ii)Calculate the Effective Memory Access time with a cache hit ratio of h = .95.
OR
B. Explain in detail the different mappings used for cache memory. Compare them. 10

21. A. i) Compare instruction pipeline and arithmetic pipeline. 5


ii) Formulate a four segment instruction pipeline for a computer. Specify the operation 5
to be performed in each segment.
OR
B. Draw the block diagram of 8086 and explain the function of each block. 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 61


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester : IV
Course Code : 15O - 7209
Course Name : COMPUTER NETWORKS

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Computer
4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours
Networks

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS


Unit No. Topics No. of Periods
I BASICS OF COMPUTER NETWORK 09
II TRANSMISSION MEDIA AND DEVICES 10
III OSI MODEL 10
IV TCP/IP SUIT 10
V LAN PROTOCOLS 08
INDUSTRIAL VISIT 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST & MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 60

RATIONALE
The exponential growth of Engineering and Technology particularly information and
communications engineering has benefited the day-today life of entire mankind in all respects. The
research and developments are continually happening in this field to fine tune and improve the field
particularly also in Computer Networks and Security which directly or indirectly has impact on every
man’s daily life. As such the introduction of current and future trends and technology of computer
networks and security would strengthen the knowledge and skills of engineering community in
taking one-step further the prosperity of mankind.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 62


OBJECTIVES
At the end of the course the students will be able to:
 Understand the concept of data communication
 Analyze the advantages and disadvantages of different network topologies
 Know different network classification based on different category
 Know about different networking devices and their practical usages
 Understand the different layers of OSI and their functions
 Differentiate LAN protocols
 Gain knowledge on about ISDN concepts and its applications
 Identify the protocols used in TCP /IP and compare with OSI model
 Know the IP addressing and TCP/ IP protocols briefly
 Understand the basic concepts of network security

DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT I BASICS OF COMPUTER NETWORK ……. 09 PERIODS
1.1 Data Communication: Components of a data communication – Data flow: simplex –
half duplex – full duplex; Networks – Network criteria – Types of Connections: Point to
4 Per
point – multipoint; Network Topologies: Star, Bus, Ring, Mesh, Hybrid – Advantages
and Disadvantages of each topology.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/7wSQ0rEAN1E for data communication networks)
1.2. Types of Networks: LAN – MAN – WAN – CAN – HAN – Internet – Intranet – Extranet,
Client-Server, Peer To Peer Networks. Application and features of different types of 3 Per
server – File server – Mail server – Print server – Webserver – Proxy server.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/aQScX7B3ntY for types of networks)
1.3 Signals and Modulation: Analog and Digital signals – Need for Modulation – Amplitude
Modulation – Frequency Modulation – Pulse Modulation – Concepts only (no 2Per
derivation)
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/QxAKZepaxxM for signals and modulation)
UNIT II TRANSMISSION MEDIA AND DEVICES ……. 10 PERIODS
2.1. Guided Media : Classification of transmission media – Guided media – Twisted pair –
2Per
Coaxial – Fiber optics
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/hjVNKeVdKcs for guided media)
2.2. Unguided Media: Electromagnetic specification – Radio Frequency Allocation –
Propagation of Waves – Radio waves – Infrared – Terrestrial Microwave – Satellite 3 Per
communication - Low Orbit satellite (LOS)
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/1EWfJTxFei0 unguided media)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 63


2.3. Network devices: Features and concepts of Switch, HUB, bridges, Repeaters – Routers
(Wired and Wireless) – Gateways – Access points – Difference between layer2 and 2Per
layer5 switches.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/eMamgWllRFY for networks devices)
2.4. Error detection & correction: Types of errors – detection versus correction – CRC –
3 Per
Hardware implementation – Parity check and checksum – Hamming code.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/aNqiTCZ-nko for error detection & correction)
UNIT III OSI MODEL ……. 10 PERIODS
3.1 Protocol: Definition – Standards – Need – OSI model – Layered Architecture – seven
3 Per
layers of OSI model – Goals and design issues – Functions of all layers
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/0Prf6d66Jug for OSI Model)
3.2. Physical layer: Topology – bus, ring, star, mesh and cellular. Data link layer: Function
2 Per
&services – framing, flow control, error control and link management
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/_bbeZV3iW4g for physical layer functions)
3.3. Network layer: Addressing – switching route discovery – route selection – connection
services. Transport layer: segment sequencing; Session layer – dialog control simplex, 3 Per
half- duplex and full duplex.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/AekdOKJSyMc for network layer)
3.4. Function: Session Layer – Presentation Layer – Application Layer. 2 Per

(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/EzLMMsRR6Js for OSI layer functions


UNIT IV TCP/IP SUIT ……. 10 PERIODS
Overview of TCP / IP: OSI & TCP/IP – Transport Layer Protocol – connection oriented
4.1. 3 Per
and connectionless Services – Sockets – TCP & UDP.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/xaVTidVM4A0 for TCP/IP suite)
Network Layers Protocol: – IP – Interior Gateway Protocols (IGMP, ICMP, ARP, RARP
4.2. 2 Per
Concept only).
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/V3E1LmPtkDk for network layer protocols)
IP Addressing :Dotted decimal notation – Addressing Schemes IPV4 – IPV6 – Class A –
4.3. Class B – Class C – Class D – Class E Networks (Concepts Only)- Multicast IP Address – 3 Per
Subnetting & Supernetting
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/rs39FWDhzDs for IP addressing)
4.4. Application Layer Protocols: FTP – Telnet – SMTP – HTTP – DNS – POP. 2 Per
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/CMBQFmEuOO0 for application layer Protocols)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 64


UNIT V LAN PROTOCOLS ………. 08 PERIODS
5.1. 802.X Protocols : Concepts and PDU format of CSMA/CD (802.3) – Token bus (802.4) –
Token ring (802.5) – Ethernet – types of Ethernet (Fast Ethernet, gigabit Ethernet) – 3 Per
Comparison between 802.3, 802.4 and 802.5
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/sPRMjSfutcs for 802.x protocol)
5.2. FDDI: Frame format – Advantages and disadvantages of FDDI – Internet of things –
2 Per
History, Applications
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/I0xayWMuAzc for FDDI)
5.3. Switching: Definition – Circuit switching – Packet switching – Message switching.
3 Per
Compare OSI model with TCP / IP Model
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/1YT7hsfYxz8 for Switching)

LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES


I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time
applications

1. Brix Network Pvt.,Ltd., Chennai


2. Omega Infotech Pvt., Ltd., Erode
3. Gemini Communications, Alwarpet, Chennai – 600018
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and
as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

II. SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics in association with the IE(I)/ISTE and
the students’ Technical Association of Computer Engineering Programme.
1. Transmission media & devices
2. OSI layer & LAN Protocols

III. CASE STUDIES


Case study on the following
1. Identify type of cable used in your Institute,
2. Different Network devices used (Switches, Routers, Access points etc.,)

IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE


 http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses.php?disciplineId=106
 https://simple.wikipedia.org/wiki/Computer_network
 www.tutorialspoint.com/computer.../computer_networking.htm

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 65


TEXT BOOKS

YEAR OF
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING /
EDITION

Data Communication and Tata Mc-Graw Fourth Edition


1. Be hrsouzA.Forouzan
Networking Hill, New Delhi 2009

Data and Computer Prentice-Hall of Eighth Edition


2. William Stallings
Communications India, New Delhi 2011

Prentice-Hall of
3. Computer Networks Andrew S.Tanenbaum Fifth Edition 2010
India, New Delhi

REFERENCE BOOKS:
YEAR OF
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING /
EDITION
Computer Communication Tata Mc-Graw
1. Achyut S. Godbole First Edition 2004
Networks Hill, New Delhi
KavehPahlavan and Pearson
Principles of Wireless
2. Prashant Education, New Third Edition 2002
Networks– A unified Approach
Krishnamurthy Delhi

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 66


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Computer Networks
Model Question Paper – I
Year / Sem : II / IV Max. Marks : 75
Code : 15O-7209 Time : 3Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. Compare half duplex and full duplex communications with an example
2. List out the types of errors.
3. Define the term internet and intranet.
4. Describe the functions and services of data link layer.
5. What do you mean by gateway?
6 Draw frame format of FDDI.
7. Give an example for class B and class D networks.
8. List down the differences between 802.3 and 802.4

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No.16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. Write the advantages and disadvantages of any 3 topologies.
10. Describe the different types of networks.
11. Expand LOS with a neat diagram.
12. Write some of the features of switch, bridge and HUB.
13. Differentiate flow control and error control with diagram.
14. What is called Supernetting and subnetting?
15. Compare 802.3 802.4 and 802.5.
16. Differentiate pdu format of csma compact disk.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 67


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. i) Explain the concept of client server networks with a neat architecture. 5
ii) Elaborate the concept of frequency modulation with an example. 5
OR
B. Explain in detail about the application and features of different types of servers. 10

18. A. i) Classify transmission media and explain. 5


Differentiate between terrestrial microwave and satellite communications and 5
ii)
explain each.
OR
B. Explain in detail about error detection and correction techniques with neat diagram. 10

19. A. i) Illustrate the concept of error control and link management. 5


ii) Elaborate the concept of framing and flow control and explain. 5
OR
B. Explain in detail about OSI model. Also draw diagram for each layer and which layer 10
performs the packet filtering and encapsulation operation.

20. A. i) Elaborate the concept of transmit control protocol and user datagram protocol with 5
a neat diagram.
ii) Compare ARP and RARP with a neat sketch. 5
OR
B. Explain in detail about application layer protocols and features of this protocol. 10

21. A. i) Compare Token Bus and Token Ring. 5


ii) Elaborate the concept of message switching and packet switching. 5
OR
B. With a neat diagram explain in detail about FDDI. 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 68


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Computer Networks
Model Question Paper - II
Year / Sem : II / IV Max. Marks : 75
Code : 15O-7209 Time : 3Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. Give any two advantages and disadvantages of Star topology.
2. Define pulse modulation and frequency modulation.
3. Write any two examples where infrared can be used.
4. Expand LOS and write LOS benefits.
5. List the layers of OSI model.
6 Find the class of each address i) 00000001 00001011 00001011 11101111 ii) 192.23.120.8
7. Write any four application layer protocols.
8. Define Switching. Write the concept behind in packet switching.

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No.16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. List and explain different types of connections used for data communication.
10. What are the different types of server available? Explain any one.
11. State the features and concepts of Switch and bridge.
12. Differentiate error detection and error correction with an example.
13. What is ARP? What are the functions of ARP?
14. Define sockets. Differentiate connection and connectionless services.
15. Compare 802.3 802.4 and 802.5.
16. Draw frame format of CSMA/CD and Token bus.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 69


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. i) Define networks. Explain in detail about network criteria. 5
ii) With an example, discuss about need for modulation. 5
OR
B. In which circumstances star topology is preferred mostly. Name the centralized 10
device used in star topology. Give its two advantages over Hub.

18. A. i) Compare between twisted pair cables UTP and STP w.r.t. the following factors: 5
a. Bandwidth capacity. b. Node capacity or segment. c. Cost.
ii) Explain in detail about LOS with a neat diagram. 5
OR
B. What are the different types of errors? With neat diagrams explain each error with 10
an example.

19. A. i) At what mode the data are sent from source to destination in session layer. 5
ii) Elaborate the concept in addressing and route selection in network layer. 5
OR
B. Explain in detail about OSI model also draw diagram for each layer and in which layer 10
packet filtering and encapsulation operation are performed?

20. A. i) Describe TCP/IP with neat sketch. Compare TCP/IP and OSI reference model. 5
ii) What is meant by subnet? How to use subnet masking to create two subnets? 5
OR
B. With a neat diagram explain about application layer protocols 10

21. A. i) Define Ethernet. What are the different types of Ethernet and explain briefly each. 5
ii) Write any five advantages and disadvantages of FDDI and give any one application. 5
OR
B. Describe about different types of switching with neat diagram. 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 70


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester : IV
Course Code : 15O - 7301
Course Name : OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING WITH JAVA

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Object Oriented
Programming 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
With JAVA

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS


Unit No. Topics No. of Periods
I INTRODUCTION TO OOPS AND JAVA 15
II CONTROL STRUCTURES, ARRAYS, AND VECTORS 13
III STRINGS, CLASSES AND INTERFACES 16
IV PACKAGES, APPLETS AND AWT CONTROLS 16
EXCEPTION HANDLING, MULTITHREADS AND I/O STREAMS
V 17
ANDJDBC INTRODUCTION
INDUSTRIAL VISIT 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 90

RATIONALE
Today almost every branch of computer science is feeling presence of object - orientation. Object
oriented technology is successfully incorporated in various fields of computer science. This subject is
designed to give you exposure to basic concepts of object - oriented technology. This subject will
help in learning to write programs in Java using object - oriented paradigm. Approach in this subject
is to take Java as a language that is used as a primary tool in many different areas of programming
work.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 71


OBJECTIVES
At the end of the course the students will be able to:
 Know the paradigms of programming languages
 Understand the concepts of Object Oriented Programming
 Analyze the benefits and applications of Object Oriented Programming
 Know the history of development of Java
 Gain knowledge on the features and tokens of Java
 Analyze the control structures used in Java
 Know the use of Arrays and Vectors in Java Program
 Acquire knowledge on using of string and String Buffers
 Define Class with the attributes and methods
 Understand the need for interfaces
 Implement Interfaces in classes & packages
 Gain knowledge to write simple Applets, Swings Applications & AWT components
 Learn to handle the errors using exceptions
 Understand the concepts of multithreading
 Develop multithreaded programs in Java
 Acquire knowledge on stream and list the types of streams

DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO OOPS AND JAVA ……. 15 PERIODS
1.1 Introduction to Oops: Paradigms of Programming Languages – Basic concepts of Object
Oriented Programming – Differences between Procedure Oriented Programming and
OOP – Objects and Classes – Data abstraction and Encapsulation, Inheritance, 7 Per
Polymorphism, Dynamic binding, Message communication – Benefits of OOP –
Application of OOPs.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/3bMsY5a7cBo for Object oriented programming concepts)
1.2. Data Encapsulation: Access Specifier – Advantages of Encapsulation – Data Abstraction:
Abstract method and classes – Advantages of Abstraction – difference between 3 Per
Abstraction and Encapsulation with Examples.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/szYzBC89CPE for Data Encapsulation)
1.3 Introduction to Java: History – Java features – Java Environment – JDK – API -Types of
java program – Creating and Executing a Java program – Java Tokens: Keywords,
5 Per
Character set, Identifiers, Literals, and Separator – Java Virtual Machine (JVM) –
Command Line Arguments – Comments in Java program.

(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/DIJ8Mo6ZriY for java tokens)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 72


UNIT II CONTROL STRUCTURES, ARRAYS AND VECTORS …… 13 PERIODS
2.1. Elements: Constants – Variables – Data types - Scope of variables – Type casting –
Operators: Arithmetic – Logical – Bit wise operator – Increment and Decrement –
4 Per
Relational – Assignment – Conditional – Special operator – Expressions – Evaluation of
Expressions
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TL7tdNp0raE for operator)
2.2. Decision making and Branching: Simple if statement – if – else statement – Nesting if –
else – else if Ladder – switch statement – Decision making and Looping: While loop – do 5 Per
– While loop - for loop – break – labeled loop – continue Statement.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/xVYvzyRHzWs for decision making statements )
2.3. Arrays: One Dimensional Array – Creating an array – Array processing –
4 Per
Multidimensional Array –Vectors – Wrapper classes.
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o4VzblFTwII for Array in java )
UNIT III STRINGS, CLASSES AND INTERFACES ………. 16 PERIODS
3.1. Strings: String Array – String Methods – String Buffer Class 3 Per
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/PkdpjGrVByM for String)
3.2. Class and objects: Defining a class – Methods – Creating objects – Accessing class
members – Constructors – Method overloading – Static members – Nesting of Methods 6 Per
– this keyword – command line input
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4XRy-TdfU0I for class and objects)

3.3. Inheritance: Defining a subclass – Deriving a sub class – Single Inheritance – Multilevel
Inheritance – Hierarchical Inheritance – Overriding methods – Final variables and
methods – Final classes – Finalizer method- Visibility Control: Public access, Private 7 Per
access, friend, protected. Interfaces: Multiple Inheritance – Defining interface –
Extending interface - Implementing Interface - Accessing interface variables
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/NnZQ-C0x4hs for interface)
UNIT IV PACKAGES, APPLETS AND AWT CONTROLS ……..16 PERIODS
4.1. Packages: Java API Packages – System Packages – Naming Conventions – Creating and
5 Per
Accessing a Packages – Adding Class to a Packages – Hiding Classes
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/MvGI58hFTts for Package)
4.2. Applets and Swings: Introduction – Applet Life cycle – Creating and Executing an Applet
Introduction of Swing classes – Difference Between Applet and Swings – Graphics Class:
7 Per
Drawing and filling lines – Rectangles – Polygon – Circles – Arcs – Line Graphs – Drawing
Bar charts
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/aUlwgdakBug for Applet)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 73


4.3. AWT Components and Even Handlers: Abstract window tool kit – Event Handlers –
Event Listeners – AWT Controls and Event Handling: Labels – TextComponent –
4 Per
ActionEvent – Buttons – CheckBoxes – ItemEvent - Choice – Scrollbars – Layout Manager
- Input Events – Menus
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/F89FrGKndTU for AWT Components)

UNIT – V EXCEPTION HANDLING, MULTITHREADS AND I/O STREAMS AND JDBC INTRODUCTION
…….17 PERIODS

5.1. Exception Handling: Limitations of Error handling – Advantages of Exception Handling -


Types of Errors – Basics of Exception Handling – try blocks – throwing an exception – 5 Per
catching an exception – finally statement
(Refer web link: https://youtu.be/K_-3OLkXkzY for Exception Handling)
5.2. Multithreading: Creating Threads – Life of a Thread – Defining and Running Thread –
Thread Methods – Thread Priority – Synchronization – Implementing runnable interface 5 Per
– Thread Scheduling
(Refer web link: https://youtu.be/rzjtuzmU948 for Thread Life Cycle)

5.3. I/O Streams: File – Streams – Advantages – The stream classes – Byte streams –
4 Per
Character streams
(Refer web link: https://youtu.be/mq-f7zPZ7b8 for I/O Streams)
5.4. JDBC: Introduction – Architecture of JDBC – JDBC Components: JDBC API, Driver
Manager – JDBC Drivers Types: JDBC-ODBC Bridge Driver, JDBC-Native API, JDBC-Net 3 Per
pure Java, 100% Pure Java.
(Refer web link: https://youtu.be/KuFzS9CojdU for JDBC Architecture)

LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES


I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time
applications
1. Superfect Solutions Pvt Ltd, Salem
2. Contus Support Interactive Pvt.,Ltd., Chennai
3. Trigent Software Ltd., Chennai
4. Excelacom Technologies, Pvt.,Ltd.,Chennai.
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and
as hard copy to the faculty concerned.
II. SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics in association with the IE(I)/ISTE and
the students’ Technical Association of Computer Engineering Programme.
1. Object Oriented Programming in Java
2. Java Database Connectivity

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 74


III. CASE STUDIES
Case study on the following
1. Develop Mini Projects for student Management Systems
2. Develop Java object oriented application using OOAD models

IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE


 JDK 1.7 or above- http://java-development-kit-jdk.en.softonic.com/
 Net Bean IDE- http://en.softonic.com/s/net-bean
 http://docs.oracle.com/javase/specs/jls/se7/html/index.html
 http://docs.oracle.com/javase/tutorial/java/index.html
 http://www.tutorialspoint.com/java/
 http://www.learnjavaonline.org/
 http://www.c4learn.com/javaprogramming/
 http://www.tutorialspoint.com/jdbc/jdbc-driver-types.html
 http://www.tutorialspoint.com/javaexamples/
TEXT BOOKS
YEAR OF
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING/
EDITION
1. Programming with Tata Mc - Graw Hill, First Edition
E. Balagurusamy
Java New Delhi 2010

Object Oriented
2. Dr. G. Thampi Dream Tech, New Delhi Reprint 2012
Programming in Java
Database
3. Programming With George Reese O'reilly, United states June 2013
JDBC And Java

REFERENCE BOOKS

YEAR OF
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING/
EDITION

Java: the Complete Tata Mc - Graw Hill, Seventh Edition


1. Herbert Schildt
Reference, New Delhi 2013

Cay Java Series,Sun


Core Java,Vol I- Nineth Edition
2. S.Horstmann,Grey Microsystem, New
Fundamentals 2013
Cornell Delhi

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 75


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Object Oriented Programming with Java
Model Question Paper – I
Year / Sem : II / IV Max. Marks : 75
Code : 15O-7301 Time : 3Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. What is Object Oriented Programming? How it is different from Procedure Oriented Programming?
2. How do Java Virtual Machine Works?
3. What is type casting in JAVA? Explain its various types.
4. Compare overloading and overriding of functions.
5. Define interface with an example.
6 Differentiate Applet and Swings.
7. What are the different types of errors in a Program? Explain.
8. What are the steams used for file handling?

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No.16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. Define Polymorphism. Explain different types of Polymorphism.
10. What is an operator? List its Types.
11. Explain the major differences between an array and a vector.
12. Write a program to input three integers through keyboard and print the largest among them?
13. What is the usage of Naming Convention? Give Example.
14. How to add a class to a package?
15. What are the advantages of Exception Handling?
16. What are the usages of Input Stream and Output stream?

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 76


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. i) How to create and Execute a Java Program. 5
ii) Explain about Command Line Argument with example. 5
OR
B. Explain about Basic concepts of OOP’s with example. 10

18. A. i) Explain the Following Operators. 5


a) Arithmetic Operator
b) Relational Operator
c) Conditional Operator
ii) Write a Java Program to Calculate the sum of N Numbers. 5
OR
B. Explain about Decision Making Statements with example. 10

19. A. i) Create a Java Class “Shape” with constructor to initialize the one parameter 5
“dimension”. Now create three sub classes of Shape with following methods
a) “Circle” with methods to calculate the area and circumference of the circle
with dimension as radius.
b) “Sphere” with methods to calculate the volume and surface area of the
sphere with dimension as radius of the sphere. Write appropriate main
method to create object of each class and test every method.
ii) What is constructor? Explain different types of constructor with example. 5
OR
B. What is class and objects? How to access the data and member function of a class? 10
Explain with the help of an example.

20. A. i) What is the life cycle of an Applet? Explain each state of Applet in brief. 5
ii) Explain about event handlers and event listener. 5
OR
B. What is a package in JAVA? How can you create your own package and add classes 10
in that? Explain with the help of an example.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 77


21. A. i) Define the term “Thread”. Explain the following. 5
a) Creating thread using Thread class with Example Program
b) Creating Thread using Runnable Interface with Example Program
ii) Explain about JDBC-ODBC Driver with a neat Diagram 5
OR
B. What is meant by exception? How are they handled in Java? Explain try-catch-finally 10
block with an example.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 78


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Object Oriented Programming with Java
Model Question Paper - II
Year / Sem : II / IV Max. Marks : 75
Code : 15O-7301 Time : 3Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. Define class. Write down the Syntax for creating Class.
2. What is binding? Explain its types.
3. What is constant? How will you declare a constant?
4. Write down the differences between string and string buffer.
5. What is general form of class declaration? Give an example.
6 What is Package? Name any two system packages.
7. Which method is used to draw a circle?
8. What happens on floating-point division by zero? On integer division-by- zero?

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No.16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. Explain any six java features.
10. Draw the flow diagram for If statement.
11. Differentiate while and do-while loop with example
12. What is method overriding? Give example.
13. What is a static member? Explain with an example.
14. What is an Applet? List out the types of Applet.
15. What are the advantages of streams?
16. What are different ways in which a thread can enter into the waiting state? Explain.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 79


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. i) What is paradigms of programming, Explain any two types. 5
ii) Explain about JVM with a neat diagram. 5
OR
B. Explain about Java Tokens with examples in detail. 10

18. A. i) Explain about array and its types with example program. 5
ii) Write a Java Program to find out whether the given Number is Odd or Even. 5
OR
B. Explain about looping statements with an examples for each. 10

19. A. i) Explain about String Buffer and its Methods with examples. 5
Write down the program to display Name, Roll no, Marks, average and total. Use 5
ii)
class and objects.
OR
B. Define Interfaces. Explain the extension of interfaces, implementation and 10
accessing Interface with suitable program.

20. A. i) Explain about various AWT Components with examples in details. 5


ii) Explain about polygon and line graph with examples. 5
OR
B. Explain different types of Layout Manager available in Java with the help of an 10
example for each.
21. A. i) Explain architecture of JDBC with a neat diagram. 5
ii) Explain about stream classes and its method. 5
OR
B. Describe complete life cycle of a thread. Write a Java program that shows the 10
use of Priority in threads.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 80


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING


Semester : IV
Course Code : 15O - 7302
Course Name : RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Relational
Database
5 75 25 75 100 3 Hours
Management
Systems

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS


Unit No. Topics No. of Periods
I DATABASE SYSTEM CONCEPTS AND DATA MODELING 15
II MySQL ADMINISTRATION & DATABASE DESIGN 13
III MySQL PERFORMANCE TUNING 10
STORAGE ENGINES, STORED PROGRAM CONCEPT ,
IV 12
OPTIMIZATION & API’S
V DATA WAREHOUSING & INTRODUCTION TO BIG DATA 12
INDUSTRIAL VISIT 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 75

RATIONALE
The Database Management system is a collection of programs that enables to store, modify and
extract information from a database. The primary resource that fuels knowledge power is the
database. Organizations are employing mechanisms to effectively manage and utilize the data stored
in the database. Relational Database management System has been developed to harness the
information stored in the database.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 81


The major objectives of this subject are to provide a strong formal foundation in Database Concepts,
technology and practice to the students to enhance them into well informed application developers.
After learning this subject, the students will be able to understand the designing of RDBMS and can
use any RDBMS package as a backend for developing database applications.

OBJECTIVES
At the end of the course the students will be able to:
 Acquire knowledge on data, database, database Management systems
 Know to Compare file processing and database system
 Analyze the architecture of DBMS
 Differentiate data Models
 Understand the concept client/Server Technology
 Acquire knowledge on CODD’s Rules
 Distinguish normalization and its different types of Normal Forms
 Gain knowledge to create Normalized Database structure files
 Know the DDL, DML, DCL, and all related commands
 Gain knowledge to write Logical and Conditional statement for Database Query
 Acquire knowledge to write procedures and functions, Create and use Triggers
 Understanding Data warehousing, Big data and NoSQL

DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT I DATABASE SYSTEM CONCEPTS AND DATA MODELING ….. 15 PERIODS
1.1 Database Systems: Database Management system – Characteristics of database –
Components of a database - Functions of Database – Understanding Database Model –
Evolution – Types of database models: Hierarchical Database Model, Network Database 5 Per
Model, Relational Database Model. Architecture: Overall architecture of DBMS, Three level
architecture.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/bGyHqvQW6JY?list=PLRFPL_aa_SLVjQn93cUGZaKZVGr_80vYv
for concepts of database systems)
1.2 Types of Databases: Transactional Databases, Decision Support Databases and Hybrid
3 Per
Databases – Open Source databases.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/foa5YwK4EqI for types of databases)
1.3. Relational data model: CODD’s rules – Components of RDBMS – Table structure –
Records,rows, tuples, attributes. Keys : Primary, Foreign , Composite, unique keys – Meta
3 Per
Data – Data Dictionary – Data Integrity – Data Constraints and validation : Types of
Constraints – Differences between SQL and MYSQL
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/TafcQ3ySBmg for relational data model)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 82


1.4. ER Diagram and Normalization: Methodologies of Designing Database – Entities-
Relationships (1:1, 1:many and many:many) – ER Diagram – Samples
3 Per
Normalization : Benefits – Normal Forms – 1st Normal Form, 2nd Normal Form, 3rd
Normal Form.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/IwswNIZ_PSg for ER Diagram)
1.5 Database Administration: Server/client and distributed concept: DBA Tasks – DBA
1 hr
Tools/utilities – Data Base Maintenance – Backup and Recovery.

(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/dMkwFzRgxZY for database administration)


UNIT – II MySQL ADMINISTRATION & DATABASE DESIGN ……… 13 PERIODS
2.1. Installation of MySQL: Features of MySQL – Download, Installing, Starting & Stopping
connections to the MySQL server – Accessing MySQL – Command Line, Web Interface (PHP 2 Per
Myadmin) and Desktop Tools (MySQL workbench).
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/O4xXzTIcnDE for install mysql)
2.2. Working with MySQL Databases: Creating (CREATE cmd), selecting (USE cmd) and
2 Per
describing database (DESC cmd) – SHOW cmd – backing up databases.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/iP1wOSsKjW8 for Mysql databses)
2.3. Introduction to MySQL: MySQL data types – Data Definition Commands: creating,
altering, renaming, copying and deleting tables – temporary tables – Data manipulation
commands : Insert, update & deleting rows. Data retrieval commands. MySQL Operators 3 Per
and Expressions : Types of operators – Arithmetic, comparison & logical operators –
Pattern matching - Import and Export of data
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/WfGJbjLSCPQ?list=PLgXga1uh_X7eliq-0K8wMcyf_ndi7Y2DN for Queries)
2.4. Built-in Functions: Single row functions – Aggregate functions – Conversion functions . 2 Per
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/TwtEnPUZq2k for built-in functions in Mysql)
2.5 Querying the table: Selecting rows using Where , Order by , group by & Having
2 Per
clauses. Sub-queries – operators used in sub-queries – correlated sub-queries.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/ge3NZM7_F9w for Table query)
2.6 Flow control : IF() – IF NULL() – CASE – LOOP – LEAVE – ITERATE – REPEAT – WHILE 2 Per
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/T4mag8TdDPA for flow control)

UNIT – III MySQL PERFORMANCE TUNING ………. 10 PERIODS


3.1. Indexes and sequences: Creating index – primary key (single & multiple field) & foreign
key, unique key, composite keys, full text indexing, leftmost indexing Dropping index- 3 Per
Sequences: creating, altering and deleting sequences.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/qd0RcBXpDI8 for indexes in mysql)
3.2. Performing multiple table retrieval using Joins & Unions: Joins – definition – aliasing –
Types of Joins: natural join, inner join, self-join, left join, right join. Unions: Definition – 2 Per
Types – Union, Union ALL, Union Distinct – order by and LIMIT handling.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/1I9hXBETtFA for joins in mysql)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 83


3.3 Views: Introduction – Advantages of Views- creating Views, Updating the Views, Deleting
2 Per
the Views.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/m1C8c8QRz4s for views in mysql)
3,4 User & Transaction management: Creating users, deleting users, renaming users, grant
3 Per
&revoke commands – Transactions – committing & rollback transactions – savepoints.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/IzhpKBI0iHE for user management in mysql)
UNIT – IV STORAGE ENGINES, STORED PROGRAM CONCEPT , OPTIMIZATION & API’S ………. 12 PERIODS
4.1. Storage Engines: MySQL Storage engines-Choosing the right engine – Types of storage
engines – MyISAM, InnoDB& Memory – Features – Advantages and disadvantages 3 Per
ofstorage engines.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/XpLCgPiB5Kg for storage engine)
4.2. Stored Procedures & Functions: Definition - Creating stored Procedures – Invoking –
Dropping procedures – Creating and calling stored functions – Deleting stored functions – 3 Per
Advantages.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/WOqFqZ9LB6A?list=PL_c9BZzLwBRI8Tv6o6AralPWFmQr0GShn
for functions in mysql)
4.3. MySQL trigger &Cursor: Use of trigger – Creating triggers – Types of trigger – Deleting
2 Per
triggers – Cursor – creation – deletion.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/g9SmHZBUCz0 for mysql trigger)
4.4 MySQL Optimizations: Query optimization using EXPLAIN command. 2Per
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/cYnT_-jy_Y8 for optimization)
4.5 MySQL and web: Need for own MySQL programs – MySQL’s Application Programming
2 Per
Interfaces.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/EPflF-KRhk4?list=PL_QXkBHy8yVo085n2_3T9S0h8vfW-ksVp
for SQL connectivity)
UNIT – V DATA WAREHOUSING & INTRODUCTION TO BIG DATA ………. 12 PERIODS
5.1 Data warehousing : Functions of Warehouse – Architecture – Applications – OLTP vs OLAP 4 Per
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/9Akvz2x0az4 for data warehousing)
Big Data : Definition – Characteristics – Various Technologies used – Applications –
5.2 Overview of NoSQL : Difference between RDBMS and NoSQL – Tools used in Big Data, 4 Per
Scalability, Understanding storage architecture .
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/GGWwhwa-OzA for big data)
Types of Data stores in NoSQL: Column oriented data store, Document Store, Key value
5.3 Store & Graph store – create, access, update and delete data - Querying NoSQL Stores. 4 Per
Using NoSQL in the cloud - Amazon SimpleDB
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p4C0n3afZdk for NoSQL for NoSQL

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 84


LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time
applications
1. Zoho Corporation Pvt. Ltd., Estancia IT Park, Vallancherry Village, Kanchipuram – 603 202.
2. Cognizant Technology SolutionsNo.165, 6th, 7th & 8th Floors, Menon Eternity Building, St
Marys Road, Demonte Colony, Alwarpet, Chennai, Tamilnadu 600028.
3. VSC INFOTECH PRIVATE LIMITED, 264/3,First Floor, MG Road, New Fairlands, Salem,
Tamilnadu 636016.
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and
as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

II. SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics in association with the IE(I)/ISTE and
the students’ Technical Association of Computer Engineering Programme.
1. Organization of database in various live system like banking, insurance, online booking etc.
2. Big Data Visualization

III. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE


 http://www.tutorialspoint.com/mysql
 http://www.tutorialspoint.com/sql/sql-rdbms-concepts.html
 http://www.studytonight.com/dbms/rdbms-concept
 http://datawarehouse4u.info/OLTP-vs-OLAP.html
TEXT BOOKS
YEAR OF
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER
PUBLISHING/EDITION
Database System Silber Schatz A. McGrawHill , New
1. Sixth Edition, 2005
Concept andKorth H Delhi
Data Base First Edition, Eleventh
2. ISRD Group TMH, New Delhi
Management System reprint 2011
Addison Wesley,
3. MySQL Paul DuBios Fourth Edition
United States
S hroff publishers &
4. Murach’s MySQL Joel Murach Reprint 2012
Distributors, Mumbai
Pramod J.
Addison Wesley,
5. NO SQL Distilled Sadalage Martin First Edition
United States
Fowler
Cloud Computing Wiley India Pvt Ltd,
6. Sosinsky B. First Edition 2011
Bible New Delhi

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 85


REFERENCE BOOKS
YEAR OF
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER
PUBLISHING/EDITION
Data Base
SharadMaheswari Firewall Media New Second Edition,
1. Management
Ruchin Jain Delhi Reprint 2010
Systems
Database
Ramon a.Mato-
Management Schaums’Outline Special Indian Edition
2. Toledo, Pauline
Systems series, TMH, New Delhi 2007
K.Cushman

BPB Publications, New First Indian Edition


3. Data Warehousing BPB Editorial Board
Delhi 2004, Reprinted 2008
Tata
Cloud Computing – A Velte T., Velte A., Mcgraw Hill Education
4. First Edition,2009
practical Approach Elsenpeter R., Private Limited, New
Delhi

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 86


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Relational Database Management Systems
Model Question Paper – I
Year / Sem : II / IV Max. Marks : 75
Code : 15O-7302 Time : 3Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. Define DBMS. Name any two databases.
2. Compare Transactional and Decision support databases.
3. How can you access MySQL using query?
4. Write a query to create leftmost indexing.
5. Differentiate rollback and save point using query.
6 Expand: MyISAM and InnoDB.
7. Give any two graph store database name.
8. When a database is called as relational database model?

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No.16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. Draw a neat sketch of three level architecture.
10. What is normalization? Give an example.
11. How SHOW command differs from DESC command? Give an example.
12. List down the steps involved in backing up the databases.
13. Explain about the performance of LIMIT handling.
14. What is the difference between invoking and creating a stored procedure?
15. Explain 4 V’s in Big Data concept.
16. State the differences between OLTP Vs OLAP.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 87


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. i) List down the types of constraints available in relational data model. Explain in detail. 5
ii) Explain in detail about the importance of Backup and recovery. 5
OR
B. Draw a neat diagram of overall architecture of DBMS and explain the workflow. 10

18. A. i) How to download and install MySQL? Explain the steps briefly. 5
ii) What is the purpose of using sub queries? Explain. 5
OR
B. Explain numeric aggregate functions and conversion functions with its syntax. 10

19. A. i) Write a query to create an index from already created table and also use primary key 5
for unique key values.
ii) How will you create and use views? 5
OR
B. Illustrate joins and its types with suitable examples. 10

20. A. i) How to choose the right storage engine? Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of 5
storage engines
ii) Explain the need of using own MySQL programs on web. 5
OR
B. How can you create and call stored functions? Explain with an example. 10

21. A. i) Mention the various technologies used in Big Data briefly. 5


ii) What are the tools used in Big Data? Mention the importance of each tool. 5
OR
B. Explain the steps to create simple Amazon database. 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 88


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Relational Database Management Systems
Model Question Paper – II
Year / Sem : II / IV Max. Marks : 75
Code : 15O-7302 Time : 3Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. What is the use of Hybrid databases?
2. Write down the importance of ER diagram.
3. How to import and export data using MySQL?
4. Give the syntax for REPEAT(). Give an example.
5. Is renaming user is possible? If yes write a query.
6 What is the need of using EXPLAIN command?
7. Define NoSQL and list out its types.
8. Why stored procedures are called as executable code?

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No.16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. How the relational data model differs from network model? Give reason.
10. What kinds of methodologies are available for designing database?
11. Why we use pattern matching?
12. List out the operators used in sub-queries. Define correlated sub-query.
13. Differentiate full text indexing and left most indexing.
14. If you are an admin, how can you grant and revoke privileges from specific user?
15. Explain the storage architecture of Big Data.
16. How many triggers are allowed in MySQL table? Write any two purpose of using database triggers.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 89


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. i) What are the open source databases available? Explain. 5
ii) Compare SQL and MySQL. Why we move on to MySQL instead of SQL? 5
OR
B. List and explain different types of Codd’s rules. 10

18. A. i) How to start and stop connections to the MySQL server? Explain them. 5
ii) Create a “Student” database and describing database using MySQL queries. 5
OR
B. Explain the usage of where, order by, group by and having clause by using 10
examples.

19. A. i) How can you create and alter sequence using MySQL? Explain with an example. 5
ii) Explain about transaction management through MySQL. 5
OR
B. How to perform multiple table retrieval using unions? Explain its types with 10
example.

20. A. i) Explain the types of storage engines. Mention some of the features of storage 5
engine.
ii) How will you perform the MySQL optimizations? 5
OR
B. How to create triggers? Explain with suitable examples. 10

21. A. i) Tabulate the differences between OLTP Vs OLAP. 5


ii) Compare column oriented data store with key value store. 5
OR
B. Explain the functions of Data warehousing with its applications. 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 90


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester : IV
Course Code : 15O - 7303
Course Name : JAVA PROGRAMMING PRACTICAL

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Java
Programming 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
Practical

OBJECTIVES
At the end of the practical course the students will be able to:
• Analyze the given problem
• Acquire knowledge to develop the logic to solve the given problem
• Gain knowledge to develop Java application
• Acquire knowledge to develop programs using different operators and expressions
• know arrays of fixed and variable size
• Gain knowledge to develop applications using Vectors
• Create classes and objects
• Implement constructors and constructor overloading
• Analyze the problems using inheritance and Polymorphism
• Create own package and interface
• Create Applet programs
• know exception arising in programs
• Identify GUI components to develop GUI applications
• Understand multithreading in programs

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 91


LAB EXERCISES
PART-A
1. i) Write a program to print the individual digits of a 3-digit number.
ii) Write a program in Java to find maximum of three numbers using conditional operator.

2. i) Write a program to find the three digit Armstrong numbers.


ii) Write a program to read N numbers and find the largest and smallest numbers.

3. Write a program in Java to create a String object. Initialize this object with your name. Find the
length of your name using the appropriate String method. Find whether the character ‘a’ is in
your name or not; if yes find the number of times ‘a’ appears in your name. Print locations of
occurrences of ‘a’.
4. Write a program to display total marks of 5 students using student class. Given the following
attributes: Regno(int), Name(string), Marks in subjects(Integer Array), Total(int).

5. Write a program to show how a class implements two interfaces.

6. Write a Java program to create your own exception subclass that throws exception if the sum of
two integers is greater than 99.
7. Write a program to create a text file using Byte stream classes
8. Write a program to copy a file to another file.

PART - B
9. Write a program to create a package for Book details giving Book Name, Author Name, Price, year
of publishing.
10. Write a program to create a player class. Inherit the classes Cricket_player,
Football_player and Hockey_player form player class.
11. Draw a bar chart for the following details using Applets.
Subject Tamil English Maths Physics

Marks 78 85 98 56

12. Create a simple Notepad Application using AWT menu bar, menu and menu item controls.

13. Create a Frame with three Scrollbars representing the three basic colors RED, GREEN and BLUE.
Change the background color of the Frame using the values of Scrollbars.
14. Create a Frame for simple calculator to perform Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication and Division
using Button, label and Text field classes.
15. Write a Java program for generating two threads, one for printing even umbers and
Other for printing odd numbers.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 92


SCHEME OF VALUATION

ALLOCATION OF MARKS
Writing Answer For any one Program From PART-A 15 Marks
Writing Answer For any one Program From PART-B 20 Marks
Executing Program(PART-A) 10 Marks
Executing Program(PART-B) 15 Marks
Result With Printout(PART-A) 5 Marks
Result With Printout(PART-B) 5 Marks
VIVA-VOCE 5 Marks
TOTAL 75 Marks

S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENT Total Nos


1 Desktop Computers 36 Nos.
2 Laser Printer 4 Nos.

S. No. LIST OF SOFTWARE SUGGESTED


1 Any one type of Text Editor /Net Beans/Eclipse
2 JDK 1.7 or above
3 Java enabled Browser

SPOKEN TUTORIAL
 Spoken Tutorial based training workshop on java can be included for 2 hours during the
Practical Hours.
 After Completion of workshop, students can revise the tutorials for 2-3 weeks.
 All the students will compulsorily undergo 1 hour online assessment test conducted by
Spoken Tutorial project team, IIT Bombay.
 Certificates will be issued to all passed out candidates by Spoken Tutorial, IIT Bombay.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 93


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester : IV
Course Code : 15O – 7304
Course Name : RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS PRACTICAL

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Relational
Database
Management 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
Systems
Practical

OBJECTIVES
At the end of the practical course the students will be able to:
 Identify data, database, databasemanagement systems and data base models
 Analyze file processing and database system
 Know about architecture of DBMS
 Understand the concept of Data warehousing, Big Data and client/Server
Technology State CODD’s Rules
 Understand normalization and explain different types of Normal
Forms. Create Normalized Database structure files
 Learn all database DDL, DML, DCL, and all related commands
 Gain knowledge on Write Logical and Conditional statement for
Database Query
 Acquire knowledge on procedures and functions
 Create and use Triggers
 Understand the document based database creation using MongoDB
 Understand the Cassandra database concepts

LAB EXERCISES
Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 94
PART - A
1. Install, configure and connect to MySQL server and MySQL workbench in Windows.
Create a database, backup and restore the database.
2. Create a simple database for Social Networking Platform with the following entities.
a. users - table
id - auto increment, primary key field
username - varchar (60)
email - varchar(255)
address - varchar(150)
dob - timestamp
is_active - TINY INT
registered_on - timestamp
last_logged_on - timestamp
b. friends - table_name
id - auto increment, primary key field
user_id - unsigned INT, NOT NULL
friend_name - varchar(60)
c. users_profiles
id -
user_id
location
Perform the following operations on above entities.
i) Create table with fields of appropriate datatypes.
ii) Verify the table created using DESCRIBE command
iii) Insert 10 users and some friendship data in friends table
iv) Add a ‘gender’ field of type CHAR(1). Allow NULL values for this field.
v) Rename friends table to users_friends
vi) Modify the dob field type to date_of_birth.
vii) Remove the field is_active
viii) Drop the table users_profiles
3. Perform the following operations on database created in Ex.no.2usingSELECT command.
i) Fetch the most recent 5 registered users.
ii) Fetch all the friends of user_id user x
iii) Fetch all the users who are above 21 years old.
iv) Find the count of users who signed-up with gmail Id. (ie. users' email ends with
@gmail.com)
v) Fetch all the users who registered last month.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 95


vi) Fetch all users of ‘Chennai’ location.
vii) Find actively monthly and weekly users count. ie. Count of users who have logged-in
in the last 15 days.
viii) Find how many users who have not mentioned their gender.
4. a) Create a database ' Polytechnic_College ' .Create 2 users namely ‘Staff’ and ‘student’.
- Grant all privileges to the user 'Staff ‘and grant only ‘create’ privilege to ‘student’ user
and verify the same .
- Revoke all privileges to the 2 users and verify the same.
b) Implement the following transaction control statements
i) Commit ii) Rollback iii) Save point
5. Create a table ‘author’ with the following structure
author_id
author_name
address
mobile
book_title
pages
published_on
i) Insert 4 books published by 3 authors each. (12 records)
ii) Fetch all the rows and observe how the data duplicated.
iii) Apply 1st and 2nd normal forms to fix it.

6. Create table, "mail" with the following fields


t DATETIME, # when message was sent
srcuser VARCHAR(8), # sender (source user and host)
srchost VARCHAR(20),
dstuser VARCHAR(8), # recipient (destination user and host)
dsthost VARCHAR(20),
size BIGINT, # message size in bytes
i) Sort the mail with the largest mail being first.
ii) List the mails that is over 25 MB
iii) Remove the duplicate rows from result set.
iv)Execute a 'SELECT' query and store its result in a user defined variable. Use
another ‘SELECT' to display the value of the variable.

7. Create two tables with the following structure.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 96


a) Requests table
request_id - UNSIGNED, INT, AUTO INCREMENT, PRIMARY KEY
from_id - INT
to_id - INT
b) requests_log table
request_id - FOREIGN KEY refers to request_id field of requests table
request_status - enum("PENDING", "APPROVED", "REJECTED")
Create a view combining both tables to display all the requests along with
their most recent status for the requests.
8. Create a library Table with proper fields. Create another table called Library1 and insert
rows from Library table. Hint:
CREATE TABLE new_table LIKE original_table;
INSERT INTO new_table SELECT * FROM original_table;
PART – B
9. Create a table to store the details of a customer in a Bank. Do some transactions like
withdrawal, deposit. Find the Balance amount(Credit Limit). Based on customer’s credit limit,
write a program using IF or CASE flow control statements to find the customer levels
namely SILVER, GOLD or PLATINUM.
If the Credit limit is
 greater than 50K, then the customer level is PLATINUM
 less than 50K and greater than 10K, then the customer level is GOLD
 less than 10K, then the customer level is SILVER
10. Create two tables with the following structure.
a) users - table name
user_id - UNSIGNED, INT, AUTO INCREMENT, PRIMARY KEY
username - VARCHAR (60)
password - VARCHAR (128)
email - VARCHAR (255)
b) users_profiles
user_id - FOREIGN KEY refers to user_id field of user table
first_name - VARCHAR(60)
last_name - VARCHAR(60)
mobile - VARCHAR(15)
i) SELECT all the users along with their profile details. (Hint: Use INNER JOIN)
ii) SELECT the users who do not have profiles (Hint: USE LEFT JOIN and
exclude the rows generated with NULL values from joining table)
11. Create an employee database and create a stored procedure that accepts employee_Idas
input and returns complete details of employee as output.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 97


12. Create two tables with the following structure
Authors
author_id - INT name VARCHAR (60)
titles_count INT -- holds the total number numbers of titles authored
Titles
author_id - INT
Name VARCHAR (512) -- name of the title
a. Create a trigger to update the titles count field of respective row in authors
table
each time a title gets inserted into titles table.
b. Create a log table with the following structure
author_id - INT
Name VARCHAR (512) -- name of the title
Status VARCHAR(25) --- ADDITION,DELETION,UPDATION
and insert an entry in that table each time the tile is added, deleted or updated.
Use a trigger to accomplish this.
13. Create a table to store the salary details of the employees in a company. Declare the cursor
id to contain employee number, employee name and net salary. Use cursor to update the
employee.
14. Create a table 'stock' to contains the itemcode, itemname, current stock, date of last
purchase. Write a stored procedure to seek for an item using itemcode and delete it, if the
date of last purchase is before one year from the current date. If not, update the current
stock.
15. Import a simple CSV data into table using 'LOAD DATA LOCAL INFILE' statement.
16. Create a database “Customer” and store the relevant data to perform the operations by
using following methods in MongoDB queries.
 CreateCollection()
 save()
 update()
 drop()
17. create table “computer” in Cassandra using and perform the following CQL Data
Manipulation Commands
i) Insert()ii) Update() iii) Delete() iv) Batch()

SCHEME OF VALUATION

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 98


ALLOCATION OF MARKS
Writing any one answer from PART – A 10 Marks
Writing any one answer from PART – B 20 Marks
Execution (PART – A) 10 Marks
Execution (PART – B) 20 Marks
Result with printout ( PART – A) 5 Marks
Result with printout ( PART – B) 5 Marks
VIVA – VOCE 5 Marks
TOTAL 75 Marks

S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENT Total Nos


1 Desktop Computers 36 Nos.
2 Laser Printer 4 Nos.

S. No. LIST OF SOFTWARE SUGGESTED


1 My SQL 5.6
2 MongoDB 2.2.3
3 Cassandra 3.4

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 99


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester : IV
Course Code : 15O - 7210
Course Name : LIFE AND EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS PRACTICAL

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of Weeks per Semester: 15 Weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations

Life And
Employability 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours
Skill Practical

Topics and Allocation of PERIODS:

Part Section No. of Periods

A Communication 40
Entrepreneurship, Project Preparation, Productivity,
B Occupational Safety, Health, Hazard, Quality Tools & 15
Labour Welfare
C Environment, Global Warming, Pollution 05

TOTAL 60

RATIONALE
Against the backdrop of the needs of the Industries, as wells as based on fulfilling the expectations
of the Industries, the Diploma Level students have to be trained directly and indirectly in toning up
their competency levels. Proficiency in Communication only, equips them with confidence and
capacity to cope with the employment. Hence, there is a necessity to focus on these in the
curriculum. At the end of the Course, the student is better equipped to express himself in oral and
written communication effectively.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 100


OBJECTIVES
At the end of the practical course, the students will be able to:
 Enhance Speaking Skills
 Express views &opinions
 Develop and Enhance Employability Skills
 Induce Entrepreneurship and Plan for the Future
 Expose & Induce Life Skills for Effective Managerial Ability
 Write effective resume to enhance Entrepreneurship
 Prepare a detailed outline of a Project
 Understand Productivity and Quality Tools
 Learn Occupational safety and Health hazards
 Be aware of Environment related issues
 Acquire the necessary life skills to face the challenges in their personal and professional life
 Speak effectively in English in real-time situations

LIFE AND EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS PRACTICAL


SYLLABUS

Part Topics Activity Periods

 Listening
 Instant sentence making and Saying
expressions/ phrases
20
 Self- introduction/ introducing others
 Describe/explain product/object
Communication, Listening,  Problem solving skills / story telling
A Training, Facing Interviews,
Behavioural Skills  Frame questions based on patterns
&Make sentences based on patterns
 Dialogue
20
 Prepareresume&Mock interviews
 Group Discussion
 Prepare an outline of a project
 Attend a seminar on Entrepreneurship
awareness programme through EDC on
the following topics:
 Story of successful entrepreneurs
Entrepreneurship, Project 05
 Analyse the marketing strategies
Preparation, Marketing
B  Preparation of project
Analysis, Support &
 Schemes available to become an
Procurement
entrepreneur
 Make a presentation / write an
assignment on any one of the above
topics.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 101


 Attend an awareness programme /video
presentation on the following topics:
 Productivity and comparison with 05
Productivity – comparison with
developed countries
developed countries, Quality
 Total Quality Management
Tools, Circles, Consciousness,
 House keeping
Management, House Keeping
 Make a presentation / write an
assignment on any one of the above
topics.
Occupational Safety, Health  Attend an awareness programme /video
Hazard, Accident & Safety, presentation on the following topics:
First-Aid, Labour Welfare  Occupational Safety &Health
Legislation, Welfare Acts Hazards
Gender Senitization(a.  Accident & Safety / First aid
B Important constitutional and  Labour Welfare Legislation and
legal provisions for women in Welfare Acts
India  Make a presentation / write an
b. Harassment of women at assignment on any one of the above
workplace (Prevention & topics.
Prohibition & Redressal) Act 05
2013 c. Guidelines & Norms laid
down by Hon’ble Supreme
Court in Vishaka and others
d. National Commission for
Protection of Child Rights
(NCPCR) e. Protection of
Children from sexual offences
(POCSO) Act & Rule 6 of POCSO
Rules, 2012.
 Listen video presentations to develop
listening skills
 Make a presentation on Green
environment in our campus
Environment, Global Warming, 05
C  Prepare an assignment on the causes of
Pollution
global warming and pollution and the ways
to reduce
 Enact a small skit with the team
highlighting the environmental issues

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 102


LEARNING STRUCTURE 100 Marks
Focus more on Speaking & Listening Skills
Attention less on Reading & Writing Skills
Apply the skills in fulfilling the Objectives on Focused Topics
a) Listening 25 Marks
1. Deductive Reasoning Skills (taking down notes/hints) 10
2. Cognitive Skills (answering questions) 10
3. Retention Skills (filling in blanks with exact words heard) 05
b) Speaking Extempore/ Prepared 30 Marks
1. Personality/Psychological Skills (instant sentence making/ Problem solving) 05
2. Pleasing & Amiable Skills (say in p hrases/expressions) 05
3. Assertive Skills (introducing oneself/ others) 05
4. Expressive Skills (describe/explain things / story telling) 05
5. Fluency/Compatibility Skills (dialogue) 05
6. Leadership/Team Spirit Skills (group discussion) 05
c) Writing & Reading 20 Marks
1. Creative & Reasoning Skills (frame questions on patterns) 05
2. Creative & Composing Skills (make sentences on patterns ) 05
3. Attitude & Aim Skills (prepare resume) 05
4. Entrepreneurship Skills (prepare outline of a project) 05
d) Continuous Assessment (Internal Marks) 25 Marks
1. Communication related activities recorded in record note 10
2. Presentation / Assignments on the focussed topics must recorded in record
5
note book
3. Model exam 5
4. Attendance 5

INTERNAL MARKS (CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT) 25 MARKS


EXTERNAL MARKS AT THE END EXAMINATION 75 MARKS

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 103


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Life and Employability Skills Practical
Model Question Paper
Year / Sem : II / IV Max. Marks : 75
Code : 15O-7210 Time : 3 Hrs
PART A
LISTENING (25 MARKS)
1. Listen to passage related to environmental issue take down notes/hints. 10
2. Listen to the passage and answer the following questions. 10
3. Listen to the content and fill in the blanks. 05
PART B
SPEAKING (30 MARKS)
1. Make five instant sentences that you use when you go to a market / shopping Mall 05
2. Present five expressions that you commonly use when you see your teacher at a 05
Shopping Mall.
3. Present your Self Introduction 05
4. Describe any newly launched product of your engineering (or) Narrate a story in your 05
own words
5. Present a dialogue with your partner about your planned activities regarding your 05
new business that you are about to establish.
6. Form a group of six members and discuss on “Effects of Global Warming”. Focus on 05
team spirit and perform the Group Discussion with an appropriate summary.
PART C
WRITING & READING (20 MARKS)
1. Frame two new questions from the pattern given by changing sets of words with 05
your own.
a. When do you return?
b. How is his performance?
c. Where has the manager gone?
d. What is the progress today?
e. Why are the machines not functioning?

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 104


2. Make two new sentences from the pattern given by changing sets of words with 05
your own.
a. The workers are on strike
b. The labourers were in the industry
working
c. There is a rest room for the workers
d. These are the new Launched by our
products company
e. Almost have own vehicles
everyone
3. Prepare a resume for the post of site supervisor in a Manufacturing Company. 05
4. Prepare an outline of a project to obtain a loan. (Provide headings and subheadings). 05
I. Guidelines for setting the question paper:
A. LISTENING:
Only topics related to
POLLUTION /
ENVIRONMENT /
GLOBAL WARMING IS TO BE TAKEN.
These topics are common for all the three types of evaluation.
B. SPEAKING:
1. WORDS of common usage
2. Fragments – expression of politeness, courtesy, cordiality, congratulations
3. Introduce yourself as an engineer with designation (or)
Introduce the official visiting your company/department
4. Describe/Explain the product/machine/department (or)
Narrate a story or solution to the given problem
5. Dialogue must be with someone in the place of work.
6. Group of six/eight
Discuss the focused topic prescribed in syllabus
C. WRITING & READING:
1. Provide five different structures.
Students are to substitute at least two with some other
word/words
2. Provide five different structures.
Students are to substitute at least two with some other
word/words
3. Prepare resume for some posts related to industries.
4. Outline of the project (skeleton/structure)
Only the various headings and subheadings
Content is not needed
Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 105
II. Guidelines for recording the material on the Focused Topics in the Record note.
Prepare Assignments / PowerPoint Presentationson any five topics, from the list of topics given
below: 5 Marks
The Assignments and the print outs of the PowerPoint presentations must be recorded in the
record note book.
(5 topics x 10 marks = 50 marks. The Average can be made to 5 marks)
1. Productivity in Industries – Comparison with developed countries
2. Quality Tools, Quality Circles and Quality Consciousness
3. Effective Management
4. House Keeping in Industries
5. Occupational Safety and Hazard
6. Occupational Accident and First Aid
7. Labour Welfare Legislations
8. Labour Welfare Acts and Rights
9. Entrepreneurship
10. Marketing Analysis, Support and Procurement
11. Important Constitutional and Legal Provisions for Women in India.
12. The Harassment os Women at Workplace (Prevention and Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013
13. Guidelines and Norms laid down by the Hon’ble Supreme court in Vishaka and Others
14. The National Commission for Protection of Child Rights(NCPCR)
15. The Protection of Children from Sexual Offences (POCSO) Act and Rule of POCSO Rules, 2012
16. Environment
17. Global Warming
18. Pollution
19. Green Assignment
20. List of Successful Entrepreneurs in their domain / region.

LABORATORY REQUIREMENT:
1. An echo-free room
2. Necessary furniture and comfortable chairs
3. A minimum of two Computers with internet access
4. A minimum of two different English dailies
5. A minimum of Three Mikes with and without cords
6. Colour Television (minimum size – 29”)
7. DVD/VCD Player with Home Theatre speakers
8. Smart board
9. Projector

Suggested Reading:
1. Production and Operations Management by S.N. Chary, TMH
2. Essentials of Management by Koontz & Weihrich, TMH
3. Modern Production / Operations Management by E.S. Buffa and R.K. Sarin, John Wiley
&Sons
4. Production Systems: Planning, Analysis and Control by J.L.Riggs, 3rd ed., Wiley.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 106


5. Productions and Operations Management by A.Muhlemann, J.Oakland and K.Lockyer,
Macmillan
6. Operations Research - An Introduction by H.A.Taha, Prentice Hall of India
7. Operations Research by J.K.Sharma, Macmillan
8. Business Correspondence & Report Writing by R.C. Sharma and K.Mohan, TMH
9. How to prepare for Group Discussion & Interview (With Audio Cassette) by Prasad, TMH
10. Spoken English – A self-learning guide to conversation practice (with Cassette)
11. Introduction to Environmental Engineering by Mackenzie, L. Davis and A. David, Cornwell,
McgrawHill, 3rd Ed.
12. Environmental Engineering by Peary, Rowe and Tchobanoglous, McgrawHill
13. Total Quality Management – An Introductory Text by Paul James, Prentice Hall
14. Quality Control and Applications by Housen & Ghose
15. Industrial Engineering Management by O.P. Khanna
16. www.thesmi.com
17. www.oecd.org/std/productivity
18. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indian_labour_law
19. https://ohsonline.com/
20. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Total_quality_management
21. www.msmeonline.tn.gov.in

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 107


SEMESTER - V

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 108


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester :V
Course Code : 15O - 7305
Course Name : WEB PROGRAMMING

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Web
5 75 25 75 100 3 Hours
Programming

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS


Unit No. Topics No. of Periods
I INTRODUCTION TO WEB DEVELOPMENT TECHNIQUES 12
II CLIENT SIDE SCRIPTING (JAVA SCRIPT) 14
III SERVER SIDE SCRIPTING (JSP) 13
IV AJAX 11
V DATEBASE ACCESS AND WEB SERVICES 12
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 75

RATIONALE
The main aim of the subject is to introduce the new Web Development Techniques i.e. Bootstrap,
jQuery, Java Script, JSP, and AJAX. Through various examples the course will describe how to design
web pages, dynamic and interactive web pages client-side and server-side scripting.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 109


OBJECTIVES
At the end of the course the students will be able to:
 Create local HTML5 pages and move them to a remote web server
 Understand the concepts of web analytics
 Analyze the use of Bootstrap to create web pages
 Identify the use of operators, loop constructs and functions of JavaScript
 Understand how to construct input and output boxes using Java Script
 Know about events and Event Handlers in JavaScript
 Differentiate server side scripting and client side scripting
 List the advantages and disadvantages of JSP
 Know about JSP elements and implicit objects
 Write simple JSP scripts
 Understand the Ajax programming and application design techniques necessary to build rich,
ultra-responsive web applications
 Analyze the main difference between the conventional web development and Ajax
development
 Understand the Web Services

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO WEB DEVELOPMENT TECHNIQUES ……. 12 PERIODS


1.1 HTML5: Definition-new elements-semantic elements-embedded elements-comment tag
– doctype tag – meta tag-article tag – New Form Elements – Audio Elements – Audio tag 3 Per
– bdi tag-Canvas Elements.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/iyafB0VCLsA for HTML5)
1.2. Web Analytics: Definition – Importance of web Analytics – Web Analytics Process –
Google Analytics – Google Analytics Report: Audience Analysis – Acquisition Analysis – 4 Per
Behavior Analysis – Conversion Analysis
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/1lfnOYu0zxA for web Analytics)

1.3 Bootstrap: Twitter Bootstrap – History – why Use of Bootstrap – Downloading &setting
up Bootstrap – Bootstrap Packages – File Structure 3 Per

(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/8jBlUKimPVc for Bootstrap)

1.4 jQuery: Definition – Important core features supported by jQuery – Local Installation –
CDN Based Version – Basics of jQuery: String, Numbers, Boolean, Objects, Arrays, 2 Per
Functions, arguments.
(Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/a59kOE2Ma1Q?list=PL6n9fhu94yhVDV697uvHpavA3K_eWGQap
for jQuery

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 110


UNIT II CLIENT SIDE SCRIPTING (JAVA SCRIPT) ………. 14 PERIODS
2.1. JavaScript Basics : Need of scripting languages – Variables and Data Types : Declaring
Variables – Life span of variables – Data Types – Operators : Assignment , comparison,
5 Per
computational and logical operators – Control Structures : Conditional Statements –
Loop Statements : for, while, for in, break and continue statements
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/vZBCTc9zHtI for JavaScript Basics)
2.2. Object-Based Programming and Message boxes: Functions – Executing Deferred Scripts
– objects : Document object Model , Predefined objects, Array object, History object , 3 Per
Location object – Dialog Boxes – Alert Boxes – Confirm Boxes – Prompt Boxes
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/nCvESPNzyiM for Object-Based Programming)
2.3. JavaScript with HTML: Events – Event Handlers : onLoadandonUnload –
onFocusandonBlur – onError – Forms : Forms Array – Form element properties – 2 Per
Example
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/60O1CJqh8IM?list=PL6C77687D0C19B015 for JavaScript with HTML)
2.4. Using JavaScript URLs: Client-side Image maps – Server Side Image Maps – Status bar –
Cookies – Live Connect – Java Console – Java Script to Java – Java to JavaScript 4 Per
Communication.
(Refer Web Links : https://youtu.be/8I8X_iyZdaE for using JavaScript URLs)
UNIT III SERVER SIDE SCRIPTING (JSP) ….…… 13 PERIODS
3.1. Introduction: Client side scripting versus Server Side scripting – JSP vs JavaScript –
Advantages and disadvantages of JSP – Client and server responsibilities – Installing and
4 Per
configuring Tomcat server – JSP Architecture – Life cycle of a JSP page – JSP vs Servlets –
JSP vs ASP.NET – List of JSP servers
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/78nSYSQO0H0?list=PLEAQNNR8IlB5qfU7joeyIVRCRqD3nMsmV for JSP)
3.2. JSP Elements: Comments – Directives: Page, Include andtaglib directives – Scripting
4 Per
elements: Declarations – Scriplets – expressions – Simple JSP page
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/E2Uj3XD6TAs for JSP elements)
3.3. Implicit Object: Request, response, pagecontext, application, out, config, page, session,
3 Per
exception – Scope: Application – Session – Request
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/obHF37iOxxw for Implicit Object)
3.4 Writing Simple JSP programs: Convert entered text into uppercase – Find the maximum
2 Per
of three numbers – Add two numbers.
(Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/Alf8pakgOBU for writing Simple JSP programs)
UNIT – IV AJAX ……… 11 PERIODS
4.1. Introduction to AJAX:Purpose – Traditional web application – Ajax Application –
4 Per
Alternatives to AJAX
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/8DCwGUDlcto for AJAX introduction)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 111


4.2. Ajax Framework: Creating an XMLHttpRequest Object – Use Prototype and
Script.aculo.us – Basic communication techniques with server – Interact with XML 3 Per
files in the Web Server – Implementing basic AJAX techniques
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kITAxN_5kUg for ajax framework)
4.3. Simple AJAX applications :
i) Hello World application
ii) Getting the server date time from a JSP page using AJAX.
iii) Develop a html search page using Ajax functionality and a server side script that 4 Per
returns results based on search criteria. Develop a html search page containing a
textbox for taking search string as input from the user and get the results from the
server using Ajax functionality, and display them on the page.
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nm211NaGEmk for simple AJAX applications)
UNIT – V DATE BASE ACCESS AND WEB SERVICES ……… 12 PERIODS
MySQL: Create table – create records <sql:setDataSource>var, driver, url attributes. Jdbc
5.1. – OdbcDriver. Creating connection, Creating statement – Statement– executeUpdate(), 4 Per
executeQuery() methods - Select, insert, update, delete operations.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/KgiCxe-ZW8o?list=PL32BC9C878BA72085 for MySQL)
5.2 Web Services : WSDL – UDDI – SOAP – Deploying and Managing Web Services. 4 Per
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=J4-z_CUa87c for web services)
Develop Project: Using HTML5, JSP to manipulate data in MySQL database.
5.2. 4 Per
 Create simple Chat Box
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Tga-rq8U7Vo for chat box)
LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time
applications
1. Best Webmasterz – Address: 5/33-3, Ground Floor, K.R.P Complex, Bangalore Bypass Road,
Near Ayyappan Temple, Sastha Nagar, Salem, Tamil Nadu 636004
2. MindMade Technologies Pollachi Main Rd, achanari, Coimbatore, Tamil Nadu 641021

Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and
as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

II. SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics in association with the IE(I)/ISTE and
the students’ Technical Association of Computer Engineering Programme.
1. Google Spanner
2. Web Design Architecture
3. Web Security

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 112


III. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE
 http://www.tutorialspoint.com/jsp/jsp_quick_guide.html
 http://www.html5andcss3.org/html5tutorialpdf
 http://www.tutorialspoint.com/html/html_tutorial.pdf

TEXT BOOKS
YEAR OF
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING
/ EDITION
Tata McGraw Hill
The Complete Reference
1. Thomas A Powell Publishing Ltd, New Fifth Edition
HTML & CSS
Delhi
JavaScript the Complete MC Grawhill, New
5. Powell, Thomas 3rd Edition
Reference Delhi
S hroff Publishers
IvonBayross Fourth
6. Ajax for Beginners and Distributors,
Sharanam Shah reprint, 2011
Mumbai
Web Services Theory and ELSEVIER Digital First Edition
7. AnuraGuruge
Practices Press, New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

YEAR OF PUBLISHING
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER
/ EDITION

Teach Yourself Web IvonBayross BPB Publications, New Reprinted 2011


1.
Technologies Delhi Second Edition

Firewall Media, New


2. Web Technology Ramesh Bangia Reprint 2008
Delhi

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 113


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)

DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING


Web Programming
Model Question Paper – I
Year / Sem : III / V Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7305 Time : 3Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. How to comment HTML tags? Give one example.

2. What is Twitter Bootstrap? Why we use this?

3. Write any two differences between onLoad and onUnLoad.

4. List out the directive tags.

5. How is Java Server Pages different from Active Server Pages?

6 Describe the situations in which AJAX should not be used.

7. What is the use of executeUpdate() method? Give one example.

8. Explain how can you refer to CSS file in the web page?

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. Write a jQuery code that hide all the input elements within a form.

10. In built-in methods which method calls a function for each element in the array and Which
method removes the last element from an array?

11. Name three java script development tools.

12. Write a jsp program to convert entered text into uppercase.

13. List out the basic communication techniques with server while using ajax.

14. Why do we use the XML Http Request object in AJAX?

15. While accessing the database how can you perform insert, update and delete operations? Give
example.

16. Mention some tips you can use to reduce the load time of a web application that you have
written?

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 114


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. (i) How do you create a link? How do you link to a location in the middle of an HTML 5
document? Explain the file structure of Bootstrap
(ii) Explain the file structure of Bootstrap 5
(OR)
B. Design a single page website for your polytechnic containing a description of the 10
courses offered. It should also contain some general information about the college
such as its history, the campus, its unique features and so on. The site should be
colored and each section should have a different color.

18. A. (i) How do you get JavaScript onto a web page? Explain with examples. 5
(ii) Write a Javascript program using switch statement to change the background 5
colors.
(OR)
B. Explain the control structures of Javascript using with examples. 10

19. A. (i) Explain the life cycle of the JSP. 5


(ii) How the implicit objects are performed in server side scripting? Explain. 5
(OR)
B. Explain the inbuilt objects of JSP. What is the difference between <jsp:include 10
page = ... > and <%@include file =...>

20. A. (i) What are the basic communication techniques available with server? Explain 5
(ii) Develop a simple Hello World application using AJAX 5
(OR)
B. Develop an AJAX application to get the server date time from a JSP page using 10
AJAX. How to deploy and manage web services.

21. A. (i) How to process the SQL statements with JDBC? Explain. 5
(ii) Develop an AJAX application to get the server date time from a JSP page using 5
AJAX.
(OR)
B. Write down the steps for connecting to a database via JDBC-ODBC 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 115


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)

DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING


Web Programming
Model Question Paper – II
Year / Sem : III / V Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7305 Time : 3 Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. How to define a section that is quoted from another source?

2. Why we use Bootstrap? Mention any two reasons.

3. Compare onBlur and onFocus.

4. How will be the communication between java to javascript?

5. Draw a neat diagram of JSP architecture.

6 List any two alternatives of Ajax.

7. What the components of a Web Service?

8. Why can't Javascript be used to generate dynamic content rather than JSP? Justify.

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. Write down any four importances of web analytics.

10. What are the important core features supported by jQuery?

11. State the purpose of using jspDestroy() method.

12. What are the four major phases of JSP life cycle are very similar to Servlet Life Cycle?

13. When we can use Ajax? Give few examples.

14. Explain the working principle of Ajax.

15. How to interact with XML files in the web server?

16. How to handle Network security threats in Web services?

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 116


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. (i) Write the html code for the following output. (Use Table related tags to align the images 5

(ii) Write a program using CSS to set the background colors, fonts and paragraphs 5
(OR)
B. What is the functionality of Google Analytics? Explain the reports generated by Google 10
Analytics.

18. A. (i) Explain in detail about Event handlers in java script. 5


(ii) What are the javascript popup boxes available? Explain with example. 5
(OR)
B. Write a script using Javascript that checks the given input for a valid name, password 10
length more than 6 characters and age field in the range of 1 to 99. Also write the
appropriate HTML code to implement this script.

19. A. (i) Write JSP program to find the maximum of three numbers. 5
(ii) Explain the implicit objects of JSP with example. 5
(OR)
B. Write down the steps involved in installing and configuring Tomcat server. 10

20. A. (i) Explain in detail about Ajax Framework. 5


(ii) Compare the Traditional web application and Ajax applications. 5
(OR)
B. Explain Ajax web application model with the help of a diagram. Also explain applications 10
and alternatives to Ajax.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 117


21. A. (i) How to connect a database in a webpage? Explain the steps involved in it. 5
(ii) By using JSP how to manipulate data in MySQL database? 5
(OR)
B. Explain the components of Web Services and explain how does it work? 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 118


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester :V
Course Code : 15O - 7306
Course Name : COMPUTER HARDWARE AND SERVICING
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Computer
Hardware And 5 75 25 75 100 3 Hours
Servicing

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS


Unit No. Topics No. of Periods
I MOTHERBOARD AND ITS COMPONENTS 11
II MEMORY AND I/O DEVICES 14
III DISPLAY, POWER SUPPLY AND BIOS 13
MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING OF DESKTOP &
IV 12
LAPTOPS
V MOBILE PHONE SERVICING 12
INDUSTRIAL VISIT 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST & MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 75

RATIONALE
A Computer Engineer should be able to install and maintain keyboard, printer, mouse, monitor, etc.
along with the computer system. The course provides the necessary knowledge and skills regarding
working, construction and interfacing aspects of peripherals. The students will get to know how
various peripherals communicate with central processing unit of the computer system and pattern
their respective operations. This subject provides the required background of installation,
maintenance and testing of peripheral with Computers and Laptops.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 119


OBJECTIVES
At the end of the course the students will be able to:
 Know the evolution of Personal Computer from PC through Core I, and Laptop
 Know and explain the major components that make up the system unit
 Know the data process and store them in meaningful information
 Analyze about the principle of operations of Keyboard, mouse and Displays
 Understand the components of media system
 Know the Basics, working principle, specification, and modern technology of different types
of drives
 Know the specification of I/O Ports of all I/O devices like serial, parallel, USB – Game port,
Blue tooth and IP Connectors
 Know the technology of high quality multiple color graphic output devices like Dot matrix,
Inkjet, Laser, Line, MFP and computer system
 Acquire information about the modern devices like digital camera, scanners, web camera,
and Biometric devices like Thump Scanner, Iris Scanner, and speech synthesizer
 Understand the operation of internetworking devices like Modem and firewall
 Know the aspects related to Power Supply
 Understand the common problems in the computer system and the peripherals
 Trouble shoot the problems in Personal computers
 Trouble shoot the problems in Computer peripherals
 Learn about diagnostic Software
 Know and explain the major components of Laptop
 Trouble shoot the problems in Laptop
 Trouble shoot the problems in Mobile Phones

DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT – I MOTHERBOARD AND ITS COMPONENTS ………. 11 PERIODS
1.1 Motherboard Components : Processor sockets/slots – memory sockets – Chipsets –
Cache – BIOS – Clock generator – RTC – Super I/O Controller – Power connector –
3 Per
Battery – Keyboard/Mouse Connectors – Jumpers – Ports and Headers – Pin Connectors
–Motherboard Form factor – Hardware, Software and Firmware.
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BctFFUIhjkk for Motherboard Components)
1.2. Motherboard: Architecture and block diagram 2 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-aeac_9b6FA for Motherboard)
1.3. Processors: Introduction – functional block diagram, Hyper threading, Turbo boost
technology, Multi core – dual core technology, Quad core technology, Core I series – 3 Per
AMD Series, Itanium Processor, Xeon Processor.
(Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/GLSPub4ydiM for Processors)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 120


1.4 Chipsets: Chipset basics – North / South Bridge architecture and Hub architecture. 1 Per
(Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/h6uYLsxbUqo for Chipsets)
1.5 Bus Standards: Overview and features of PCI, AGP, USB, PCMCIA, Processor BUS – High
2 Per
Speed Bus
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x6Rw2Q7KPIE for bus Standards)

UNIT – II MEMORY AND I/O DEVICES ………. 14 PERIODS


2.1 Primary and Secondary Memory: Introduction-working principles – Memory speed-
access time- wait states, Main Memory –DDR2- DDR3 – DDR4, RAM versions – 1TB RAM –
Direct RDRAM – Flash Memory- Shadow RAM, Cache L1, L2 and L3 – Memory errors-
4 Per
types. Hard Disk: Introduction – Construction – Working Principle – Specification of IDE,
Ultra ATA, Serial ATA, SCSI, SAS, Disk Array controller, HDD Partition – Formatting.
Troubleshooting hard disk drives: Problem diagnosis
(Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/6f736gCjJXY for Primary and Secondary Memory)
2.2. Removable Storage Devices: Internal and External DVD drives – DVD – ROM – Recordable
DVD – Rewritable DVD – Combo Drive –Drive interfaces and connections – Preventive
Maintenance for DVD. Cleaning DVD drives Blu-ray: Introduction – Main Blu-ray Disc 3 Per
Parameters – Recording and Playback Principles. Special drives: External drives, Memory
stick, USB-flash drive – solid state drive – Self Encryption Derive (SED).
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b2bC_Xx0baY for removable storage devices)
2.3. Keyboard & Mouse : Signals – Interfacing (PS/2, USB, Wireless) – Types of keys –
Keyboard Matrix, Key bouncing – Types of keyboard (Simple & Mechanical), Mouse: Types
4 Per
– connectors – Optical mouse operation – Optical mouse Cleaning – Troubleshooting
flowchart for a mouse
(Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/N1uHX_WQsEY for Keyboard & Mouse)
2.4 Printers & Scanner: Introduction – Types of printers – Dot Matrix – Inkjet – Laser – line
printer, MFP(Multi-Function Printer) Operation – Common problems. Scanners:
3 Per
Introduction – Types of Scanners (Barcode, Handheld, B/W, Color, Flatbed) – Interface –
Scanner mechanism – working principle – Preventive maintenance troubleshooting
(Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/kC8TO5gpEKY for Printers & Scanner)
UNIT – III DISPLAY, POWER SUPPLY and BIOS ………. 13 PERIODS
3.1 Displays and Graphic Cards: Panel Displays – LCD Principles – Plasma Displays – TFTDisplay
– LED Displays. Graphics Card: Definition and Applications – Video capture card. Adapters: 3 Per
SVGA, EGA cards
(Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/TKwEpCdJ0WM for Displays and Graphic Cards)
3.2 SMPS: Block diagram – Basic Principles and Operations – O/P Voltage – Capacity – Cable
color code – Connector and Power Good – Common Failures (No circuit diagram to be
4 Per
discussed)Other Devices : UPS – factors for selecting UPS – Stabilizers and spike Guards.
Power consumption of each component.
(Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/NoGl7oeh7eU for SMPS)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 121


3.3 BIOS: BIOS functions – Cold and Warm booting – BIOS error codes – BIOS interrupts –
identification of Different BIOS ( AMI, AWARD BIOS) – BIOS Memory Assignments – BIOS 3 Per
advance setup
(Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/98svsGMRc3s for BIOS)
3.4 POST: Error, Beep Codes, Error messages, Post – Faults related to Hardware – Faults
3 Per
Related to Software.
(Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/bCYKPmk08e8 for POST)
UNIT– IV MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING OF DESKTOP & LAPTOPS ………. 12 PERIODS
4.1. Laptop: Difference between laptop and desktop – Types of laptop – Block diagram –
working principles – configuring laptops and power settings – SMD components, ESD and 3 Per
precautions
(Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/KvjkyvmHv0U for laptop)
4.2. Laptop components: Adapter – Types, Battery – Types and basic problems, RAM – types,
3 Per
CPU – types, Laptop Mother Board – block diagram, Laptop Keyboard
(Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/jltzaeUlmII for laptop components)
4.3. Installation and Troubleshooting: Formatting, Partitioning and Installation of OS –
3 Per
Trouble Shooting Laptop and Desktop computer problems – Windows event Viewer
(Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/QCYOiK9QP08 for installation and troubleshooting)
4.4. Preventive Maintenance and Upgrading: Preventive Maintenance: Tools required –
active and Passive Maintenance – Types of Diagnostics software – Preventive
Maintenance Schedule – Upgrading of Systems: Mother Board, Memory, CPU, Graphic 3 Per
Card, and BIOS up gradation, Additional features, Updating of System and Applications
Software.
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GvjWrQEkqwo for Troubleshooting of Computers)

UNIT – V MOBILE PHONE SERVICING …… 12 PERIODS


5.1. Mobile phone components: Basics of mobile communication, Components: battery –
antenna-ear piece- microphone – speaker-buzzer – LCD – keyboard. Basic circuit board 3 Per
components – Names and functions of different ICs used in mobile phones.
(Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/5Rpd0_larvE for mobile phone components)
5.2. Tools & Instruments used in mobile servicing: Mobile servicing kit – soldering and de-
soldering components using different soldering tools – Use of multi-meter and battery 3 Per
booster.
(Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/UhAfMniO5HE for tools & instruments used in mobile servicing)
5.3. Installation & Troubleshooting: Assembling and disassembling of different types of
mobile phones – Installation of OS – Fault finding & troubleshooting Jumper techniques 3 Per
and solutions
(Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/mbnQ9WsezlA for Installation & Troubleshooting)
5.4. Diagnostic Software and Viruses: Mobile Viruses – Precautions – Antivirus Software
3 Per
Flashing – Formatting – Unlocking – Use of secret codes – Downloading-Routing
(Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gc7xzY_yL-A for mobile servicing)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 122


LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time
applications
1. Hcl Infosystems Ltd, Sedarapet, Pondicherry – 605111
2. Nokia Solutions & Networks India Pvt. Ltd, Oragadam, Sriperumbudur, Chennai – 603109
3. Hitech Universal Printers & Publishers Pvt Ltd, Gopalapuram, Coimbatore - 641062

Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and
as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

II. SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics in association with the IE(I)/ISTE and
the students’ Technical Association of Computer Engineering Programme.
1. Mobile phone repairing
2. laptop trouble shooting

III. CASE STUDIES


Case study on the following
1. Understanding basic hardware of computer
2. Fault finding of input/output devices
3. Proper handling of Computer System Hardware
4. Find the solution for enable HYPER V

IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE


 http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses.php?disciplineId=106
 ist.mit.edu/computer-repair
 https://www.techopedia.com/definition/13965

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 123


REFERENCE BOOKS
YEAR OF
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING /
EDITION
Tata Mc-Graw Hill, Second edition
1. IBM PC and CLONES B.Govindrajalu
New Delhi 2002
Computer Installation and Tata Mc-Graw Hill, Eleventh
2. D.Balasubramanian
Servicing New Delhi Reprint 2010
Computer Installation and ISTE- Learning
3. MG.Radhakrishnan First Edition
Troubleshooting Materials
First Edition
Fire wall Media,
4. PC Repair and Maintenance Joel Rosenthal 2007
New Delhi
Reprint : 2015
Second Edition
5. Upgrading and repairing laptops Scott Mueller QUE Publication
2005
ManaharLotai, Second Revised
Modern Computer Hardware BPB Publication ,
6. PradeepNiar, and Upodated
Course New Delhi
PayalLotia Edition 2011
O’ Reilly, S hroff
Publishers and Third Indian
7. PC Hardware in a Nutshell Robert Bruce and Co
Distributors, Reprint, 2008
Mumbai
The Laptop Repair Workbook:
An Introduction to Foner books, First Edition
8. Morris Rosenthal
Troubleshooting and Repairing United Stats 2008
Laptop Computers.
P.J. Stetz and FindTech Ltd, New
9. The Cell Phone Handbook Second Edition
Penelope Stetz Delhi
BPB Publication, First Edition
10. Advanced Mobile Repairing PanditSanjib
New Delhi 2010

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 124


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING

Computer Hardware and Servicing


Model Question Paper – I
Year / Sem : III / V Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7306 Time : 3 Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. Define the term hyper threading.

2. What is meant by Firmware?

3. Define interface and write the process of interface.

4. Expand the term MODEM and write down the use of it.

5. Where the interpolation is used?

6 List out any four PCI card.

7. Why are we using buzzer, what will it do?

8. Mention the principles followed in plasma, LCD, LED displays.

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. Define the term motherboard form factor.

10. Deliberate about processor bus and high speed bus?

11. Write down the operations of Disk array controller.

12. Expand SMPS & UPS and write the use of it.

13. List down any six types of mobile virus.

14. How to configure BIOS setup?

15. Write down the differences between ATA & SATA Cable.

16. Distinguish between solid state drive and self-encryption drive

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 125


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. (i) Explain about the different bus standards in detail. 5
(ii) With a neat block diagram, explain the architecture of a mother board 5
(OR)
B. Summarize the features of hyper threading, turbo boost and dual core technologies. 10

18. A. (i) Explain the construction and working principle of DVD ROM. 5
(ii) Illustrate the concept of Disk array controller. 5
(OR)
B. Explain the basic principle, operation and different file formats of a scanner and MFP 10
Printer

19. A. (i) Elaborate the PC Bios communication. 5


(ii) Draw the block diagram of UPS and explain its operation 5
(OR)
B. Draw the block diagram and explain the operation of the plasma and TFT display in 10
brief

20. A. (i) Explain in detail about SMD components 5


(ii) List out some of the difference between laptop and desktop 5
(OR)
B. Summarize the preventive maintenance techniques adopted for laptops. 10

21. A. (i) List out some of the different ICs used in mobile phones and their operations 5
(ii) Explain the components of basic circuit board and their operations 5
(OR)
B. Explain about Fault finding & troubleshooting Jumper techniques and solutions 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 126


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING

Computer Hardware and Servicing


Model Question Paper - II
Year / Sem : III / V Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7306 Time : 3 Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. Expand the term PCMCIA and where it used.

2. How to utilize the battery Booster?

3. List the different versions of RAM.

4. What is the use of input/output ports, if any other ports there instead of that?

5. Expand the term POST and describe any two operations of POST.

6 List out the uses of CMOS battery and expand the term CMOS.

7. What is meant by graphics card? write their uses?

8. Why the chipset is used in motherboard, what is the necessary action of chipset?

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. Write about the bus standards and mention the types.

10. List out the different types of errors occurs based on memory.

11. Where the virtual keyboard is used and writes the use of it?

12. What is meant by SVGA? Where it is used?

13. Differentiate laptop and notebook.

14. Mention the functions of windows event viewer.

15. What are the uses of jumper techniques?

16. Write down the command for identify BIOS version and how to update the BIOS version?

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 127


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. (i) What is a Chipset? Explain about its architecture. 5
(ii) Explain in detail about the core I Series processors technology 5
(OR)
B. List out the various kind of motherboard components and explain the uses of each. 10

18. A. (i) Explain recording and playback principles of Blu-ray disc 5


(ii) Explain in detail about the principle of operation of a i) Thump scanner ii) Iris 5
scanner.
(OR)
B. Summarize the problems faced in Hard disk drive and write about the 10
troubleshooting of Hard disk drive

19. A. (i) Explain in detail about the working principle of MIDI and how it is useful to the 5
musician?
(ii) What is IPL Hardware? State its advantages 5
(OR)
B. Draw the block diagram of ATX power supply connection and explain its operation 10
and also explain the operation of POST

20. A. (i) Explain about laptop components in detail with their operations. 5
(ii) Summarize the soldering and de-soldering components using different tools 5
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about the preventive maintenance techniques adopted for laptops 10

21. A. (i) Explain about mobile virus and antivirus software in briefly 5
(ii) Explain the steps followed in assembling and disassembling mobile phones. 5
(OR)
B. Explain the following terms in detail 10
(i) Battery (ii) Antenna (iii) Microphone (iv) Speaker (v) Earphone

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 128


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING


Semester :V
Course Code : 15O-7307
Course Name : .NET PROGRAMMING

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
.NET
6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
Programming

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS


Unit No. Topics No. of Periods
I INTRODUCTIONTO.NETFRAMEWORK 14
II INTRODUCTION TO C#.NET 16
III WINDOW APPLICATION USING WINDOW FORMS 16
IV APPLICATIONDEVELOPMENTUSINGADO.NET 16
V XML 15
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST & MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 90

RATIONALE
.NET Framework is changing the way developers write applications. .NET Framework provides a
number of components to create many types of applications including those for consoles, Windows,
mobile units and the web. Using .NET framework the data can be made available anytime, anywhere
and on any device. This subject introduces the basics of .NET Framework. Writing applications on
VB.Net is covered in this course. This coursed helps to use ADO.NET to write the applications to
connect with the back end database. The subject also enables the users to know the concepts of
XML and the XML web services.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 129


OBJECTIVES
At the end of the course the students will be able to:
 Understand the major elements of the .NET Framework and describe some of the major
enhancements to the new version of C#
 Analyze the basic structure of a C#.NET project and use the main features of the integrated
development environment (IDE)
 Know the new language features and syntax in C# .NET
 Identify the basic concepts and terminology of object-oriented design specifically for C#.NET
 know the basic concepts and terminology of object-oriented programming in C# .NET
 Acquire knowledge to create applications by using Microsoft Windows Forms
 Gain knowledge to create Internet applications that use Web Forms and Web Services
 Acquire knowledge to create applications that use ADO.NET
 Gain knowledge to create components in C#.NET
 Acquire knowledge to set up and deploy various types of C# .NET-based applications
 Develop Windows applications using XML as back end database

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT – I INTRODUCTION TO .NET FRAMEWORK ……… 14 PERIODS

1.1 Introduction to .NET framework – Dot Net Architecture – Managed Code, unmanaged
Code – Intermediate Language, Metadata and JIT Compilation – Automatic Memory 5 Per
Management.
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JUo4T6SYO-0 for .NET Framework Architecture)
1.2 Components of .NET framework – The .NET Framework class Library – Common Language
Runtime – Common Type System (CTS) – Common Language Specification (CLS) – Assembly 3 Per
Namespace.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/dLBai65 ekRs for components of .net framework)
1.3 Visual Studio .NET – Using the .NET Framework. Exploring the Visual Studio Integrated
3 Per
Development Environment – System Requirement – Versions.
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kKimJGA2grI for Visual studio IDE)
1.4 The Framework Class Library – .NET objects – ASP .NET – .NET web services – Windows
3 Per
Forms
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/Tu3oJULv_3k for .net framework class library)
UNIT – II INTRODUCTION TO C#.NET ……. 16 PERIODS
2.1 Elements – C# Program Structure – Types – Variables and Constants – Expressions –
3 Per
Namespaces – Operators – types – precedence.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/lFo4fUDYqO0 for C#.net operators)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 130


2.2 Program Flow – Decision statements – if, if…else, if…elseif, Switch Statements. Loop
4 Per
statements – while, do...while, for, for each, Simple Programs, Nested Loop.
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0diOF4xmBSM for C#.net Control statements
2.3 Types – Value data types – Structures, Enumerations. Reference data types – Array: Single
5 Per
dimensional – Multi-dimensional arrays – jagged arrays – dynamic arrays
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Shl7TsNMGSE for C#.net Array)
2.4 Classes & objects –Abstract & override methods – Creating and using your own classes –
4 Per
Data members and member methods – Instantiate an object –This keyword
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XbDwLbPHIdw for How to create a class, objects)
UNIT – III WINDOW APPLICATION USING WINDOW FORMS ………. 16 PERIODS
3.1 Windows programming – creating windows Forms – Working with Toolbox Controls –
Button, Check box, Combo box, Label, List box, Radio Button, Text box, Group Boxes, 4 Per
Picture Box.
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9csrDlK360k for Window form toolbox)
3.2 Advanced Controls & Events – Timer, Progress Bar, Month Calendar, ToolTips, Tab
Controls, Panels – Events – Click, Close, Deactivate, Load, MouseMove, MouseDown, 4 Per
MouseUp, Keypress ,KeyDown, KeyUp.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/2elMMoO54W8 for Events)
3.3 Develop multiple form application – Multiple Document Interface (MDI) Forms –
Creating MDI Applications – Creating MDI Child Windows – Arranging MDI Child 3 Per
Windows
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vH22tPVepsA for VB.NET: Using MDI Forms)
3.4 Menus and Dialog Boxes – Creating menus – menu items – Creating Submenus, Menu
Shortcut– context menu – Using dialog boxes – OpenFileDialog, SaveFileDialog, 5 Per
FontDialog, ColorDialog, PrintDialog showDialog() method.
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FxG3KvYjomA for A Simple Menu Strip)
UNIT – IVAPPLICATION DEVELOPMENT USING ADO.NET ………. 16 PERIODS
4.1 Features of ADO.NET: Architecture of ADO.NET – ADO.NET providers – Connection –
6 Per
Command – Data Adapter – Dataset.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/Sl_vk2z3PGs for Data Adapter)
4.2 Accessing Data with ADO.NET: Connecting to Data Source, Accessing Data with Data set
and Data Reader – Modifying Table data using Command Objects – Understanding
6 Per
Data Set and working with Data Column and DataRow – Data Tables – Working with Data
GridView
(Refer Web link : https://youtu.be/z5Ccn4uVr for datatable)
4.3 Create an ADO.NET application – Using Stored Procedures. 4 Per
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qN3GyEa-efU for Create an ADO.net application)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 131


UNIT – V XML ………. 15 PERIODS
5.1 Introduction: Advantages – HTML Vs XML – Browsing and parsing XML – Creating a XML
file – Data island – well-formed XML document – XML components: elements – entities – 5 Per
comments – Processing instructions – Attributes
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YXkuxRL7-_M for XML introduction)
5.2. XSLT- Displaying xml with XSLT – XSLT Processor – Data Transformation using XSLT Style
sheets – XML schema – need and use of Schema – Building blocks – simple elements – 6 Per
Defining attributes – complex elements.
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rMcPQpAJGJI for Validate XML Documents Using DTD
and Visual Studio)

5.3. XML with .NET – XML Serialization in the .NET Framework – SOAP Fundamentals – Using
4 Per
SOAP with the .NET Framework.

(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=22d3PN_l-Wg for Create XSD File)

LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES


I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time
applications
1. Propulsion technologies , Ram Nagar, Coimbatore
2. Nxtlogic Software Solutions, Gandhipuram, Coimbatore
3. Qbit Technologies,Ramnagar, Coimbatore
4. Everest InfoTech Meyyanur, Salem.
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and
as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

II. SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics in association with the IE(I)/ISTE and
the students’ Technical Association of Computer Engineering Programme.
1. C#.Net Programming
2. MDI Form

III. CASE STUDIES


1. Design and Develop mini project consisting of registration and login facility having user
preferred theme.
IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE
 http://filehippo.com/download_dotnet_framework_4/16179/
 http://download.cnet.com/MS-Visual-Studio-2010-Ultimate/3000-2383_4-75450998.html
 http://filehippo.com/download_sql_server_studio/6883/
 http://www.homeandlearn.co.uk/NET/vbNet.html
 http://www.pragimtech.com/c-sharp-video-tutorials.aspx

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 132


TEXT BOOKS
YEAR OF
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING /
EDITION
First
Applications of .Net TMGH Education
1. ISRD Group Edition
Technology Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
2011
Programming C# 3.0, 5th O'Reilly Media, New December
2. Jesse Liberty
Edition Delhi 2007
Bill Hamilton, O'Reilly Media, New
3. ADO.NET in a Nutshell April 2003
Matthew MacDonald Delhi
Joe Fawcett, Danny WroxBlox, New
4. Beginning XML, 5th Edition July 2012
Ayers, Liam R. E. Quin Delhi

REFERENCE BOOKS

YEAR OF PUBLISHING /
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER
EDITION

Introducing Microsoft Microsoft Press.,New


1. David S. Platt Saarc Edition, 2001
.NET Delhi
Applications of .Net TMGH Education Pvt.
2. ISRD Group First Edition 2011
Technology Ltd., New Delhi

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 133


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING

.Net Programming
Model Question Paper – I
Year / Sem : III / V Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7307 Time : 3Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. Write any two advantages of managed code. Briefly Explain.

2. What is the use of JIT compilation?

3. How will you declare a constant variable?

4. Write any four events in Windows Form.

5. What are the components in .NET Data provider?

6 Tabulate any three difference between ExecuteReader() and ExecuteNonQuery() method.

7. Differentiate HTML and XML.

8. Define XML schema.

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. Write down services of CLR. Explain any two Services.

10. What is structure? Give the syntax of structure with example

11. What is the use of This and Super Keyword in java? Explain with an example.

12. Explain about Modal and Modeless Windows forms with an example.

13. Tabulate any six differences between Data Reader and Dataset.

14. Explain any six features of ADO.NET

15. What is Data Island? Explain with an example

16. Why do we use an XML Schema? Give any Four Supported Data types.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 134


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. (i) Explain JIT Compilation with a neat Diagram. 5
(ii) Explain about Various .net Objects. 5
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about .Net framework architecture with a neat diagram 10

18. A. (i) Explain Combo box and checkbox Control with example. 5
(ii) Write VB.NET Program for the following Task using Select Case Statement. 5
Marks Grade
90-99 A
80-89 B
70-79 C
<70 F
(OR)
B. Explain about Looping Statements with syntax and example. 10

19. A. (i) How to Create a Window Form with an Example. 5


(ii) Explain Combo box and List box Control with example 5
(OR)
B. Write a Windows Application to create Menu Editor using Menu Strip Control. 10

20. A. (i) Explain about how to populate a Data into Dataset by using Fill () method of Data 5
Adapter.
(ii) What are the steps required to create a Stored procedure? 5
(OR)
B. Explain about ADO.NET Architecture with neat diagram 10
21. A. (i) Illustrate the concept of XML schema with an example. 5
(ii) Define SOAP. Explain the Structure of SOAP with an example. 5
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about XML Components. 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 135


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING

.Net Programming
Model Question Paper - II
Year / Sem : III / V Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7307 Time : 3Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. What do you meant by .NET framework?

2. What are the features of windows Form?

3. Write down the Program Structure of C#.

4. Define Structure. How will you Declare it?

5. What is Events? List out the Events available in Windows Form.

6 What is Multiple Document Interface?

7. Define Data Adapter.List out the Properties of DataAdaptor objects.

8. What do you meant by Well-formed Document?

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. What is Visual Studio.Net? Explain its advantages

10. Explain about metadata with its tools and advantages.

11. Tabulate any six Dissimilarities between Variable and Constant

12. What is Jagged Array? Explain with an example?

13. Differentiate Radio button and Checkbox with an example.

14. How to create MDI Child Form? Explain.

15. Write down the Working Process of Grid view.

16. Explain Browsing and Parsing XML.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 136


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. (i) Explain about Features of Visual Studio.Net. 5
(ii) Summarize the concept of Exploring the Visual Studio IDE. 5
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about Components of .Net Framework with a neat diagram 10

18. A. (i) What is meant by Event and Event Procedure? Explain any 5 events with event procedure. 5
(ii) Create an application in vb.net for the following 5

On Click Event of Button name “SUBMIT” the value of two textboxes should be added and
the value can appear in the message box
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about various data types with Example. 10

19. A. (i) How to create and Arrange MDI Child Windows Form? 5
(ii) Develop a VB.Net application using color dialog box and retrieve the selected color to a 5
string.
(OR)
B. Explain about windows Form and it’s any five Toolbox Controls. 10

20. A. (i) Develop a database application to store the details of students using ADO.NET 5
(ii) Write a code to insert a record using Dataset. 5
(OR)
B. Elaborate the concept of ADO.NET Providers with neat diagram. 10

21. A. (i) Define XSLT. How will you display XML in XSLT? 5
(ii) Explain about XML Serialization and Deserialization with Example. 5
(OR)
B. Define XML. Create an XML File for Book Inventory System. 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 137


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING


Semester : V
Course Code : 15O - 7401A
Course Name : SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Software
4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours
Engineering

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS


Unit No. Topics No. of Periods
I INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE ENGINEERING AND PLANNING 09
II SOFTWARE ANALYSIS 11
III SOFTWARE DESIGN, IMPLEMENTATION AND TESTING 10
IV SOFTWARE MAINTENANCE 08
V CODE ETHICS AND SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE 09
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 60

RATIONALE
Software Engineering deals with reliability and quality assurance of the software under
development. It provides framework for development of quality software product. The course
enables the students to write specifications for software system understand the importance of good
software, design and develop test plans from design specifications. The course also covers other
important aspects of software Engineering such as software lifecycle, requirement analysis and
documentation, characteristics of good design, design techniques, testing, software implementation
and maintenance etc.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 138


OBJECTIVES
At the end of the course the students will be able to:
 Understand Software Engineering
 Understand the characteristics of Software Engineering
 Analyze different software development models
 Learn about the phases of software development cycle
 Understand the significance of requirement analysis
 Know various tools and techniques used for requirement analysis
 Understand architectural and modular design
 Understand the different types of project metrics
 Understand different software estimation techniques
 Learn about software maintenance
 Identify the need for software maintenance
 Identify and mange risks
 Know the different scheduling methods
 Understand the basic terms used in testing terminology
 Understand black box and white box testing
 Know some testing tools
 Understand the concepts of Software quality and quality assurance
 Know the concepts of software reliability and software quality standards
 Analyze software re-engineering
 Differentiate forward engineering from re-engineering
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE ENGINEERING AND PLANNING ….. 09 PERIODS
1.1 Basics of Software Engineering : Need for software Engineering – Definition –Software
2 Per
Characteristics – Software Myths – Program versus Software Products
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/unZ4G_McZ44 for basics of Software Engineering)
1.2. Software Development Life Cycle Models : Introduction – Waterfall Model – Prototyping
model – Spiral Model – Iterative Enhancement model – Agile model(Introduction only) –
4 Per
RAD model – object oriented Model – Advantages and Disadvantages of above models –
Comparison of various models
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/9STHYg7igIQ for Software Development Life Cycle Models)
1.3 Software Requirement Analysis (SRS) : Value of good SRS – Requirement Process –
Requirement Specification – Desirable characteristics of an SRS – Components of an SRS –
3 Per
Structures of a requirements documents – Problems in SRS – Requirements gathering tools
– Analysis tools – Data flow diagram – data dictionary – ER diagram
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/caqXuQ5vw9o for SRS)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 139


UNIT – II SOFTWARE ANALYSIS ……. 11 PERIODS
2.1 CASE : CASE and its scope – Architecture of CASE environment – Building blocks for CASE –
CASE support in software Life cycle – Objectives of CASE – Characteristics of CASE tools – List 3 Per
of CASE tools – Categories, advantages and disadvantages of CASE tools.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/pOzSlT2Chi0 for CASE)
Software Planning: Software metrics - Definition – Types of metrics – product and project
2.2 metrics – function point and feature point metrics – Software project estimation – steps for
4 Per
estimation – Reason for poor and inaccurate estimation – project estimation guidelines –
Models for estimation – COCOMO Model – Automated tools for estimation.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/27jFCX0k8bg for Software Planning)
2.3 Project scheduling : Introduction – Factors affecting the task set for the project – scheduling
2 Per
methods – Work breakdown structure – Flow graph – Gant chart – PERT
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/K1npoRmZuYg for Project scheduling)
2.4 Risk management : Definition of risk – Basics for different types of software risks –
Monitoring of risks – Risk management – Risk avoidance – Risk detection – Risk control – Risk 2 Per
recovery – Sources of risks – Types of risks

(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/Cp_XEhexcDw for Risk management )


UNIT – III SOFTWARE DESIGN, IMPLEMENTATION AND TESTING …. 10 PERIODS

3.1 Software Design : Definition of software design – Objectives of software design – Process of
software design – Architectural design – Modular design – Structure chart – Coupling and 2 Per
Cohesion – different types – Interface design – Design of human computer interface
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y7Wg4508tHo for Software Design)
3.2 CODING: Information Hiding – Programming style – Internal documentation – Monitoring
1 hr
and Control for coding – Structured programming
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dwWHeFSD9dQ for coding)
Software Testing : Introduction to testing – Testing principles – Testing objectives – Test
3.3 Oracles – Basic terms used in testing – Fault – Error – Failure - Test cases – Black box and
2 Per
white box testing – Advantages and disadvantages of above testing – Methods for Block box
testing strategies – Methods for white box testing strategies – Testing activities – Test plan.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/2yJA5IJcM-k for Software Testing)
3.4 Levels of testing: Unit testing – Integration tests – System testing – types. 1 Per
(Refer web link : http://www.powershow.com/view/a5ea1 for Levels of testing)
Software Testing strategies: Static testing strategies – Formal technical reviews – Code
3.5 walkthrough – Code inspection – Debugging – Definition – Characteristics of bugs – Life cycle 2 Per
of a Debugging task – Debugging approaches.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/6fEuSsfSJ5g for Software Testing strategies)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 140


Software Testing Tools: Need for tools – classification of tools – Functional/Regression
3.6 Testing tools – Performance/Load Testing Tools – Testing process management Tools –
Benefits of tools – Risk Associated with tools – Selecting tools – Introducing the tool in the 2 Per
testing process – Different categories of tools – Examples for commercial software testing
tool.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/KHYJjYsfVpY for Software Testing Tools)
UNIT – IV SOFTWARE MAINTENANCE ……. 8 PERIODS
4.1. Software Maintenance: Software as an evolution entity – Software configuration
management activities – Change control process – Software version control – Software
4 Per
configuration management – Need for maintenance – Categories of maintenance –
Maintenance cost – factors affecting the effort – Modeling maintenance effort
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/wRNcSW1_nhA for Software Maintenance)
4.2 Reverse Software Engineering: Definition – Purpose - Reverse engineering process – Reverse
engineering tasks – Characteristics and application areas of reverse engineering – Software
4 Per
re-engineering – Principle – Re-engineering process – Difference between forward
engineering and re-engineering.
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9dd3M2a4LKI for Reverse Software Engineering)
UNIT – V CODE OF ETHICS AND SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE ……. 9 PERIODS
5.1 Code of Ethics for Software Professionals: Human Ethics – Professional Ethics – Ethical
issues in Software Engineering – Code of Ethics and professional Practice: Software 3 Per
Engineering code of ethics and professional Practice – Ethical issues: Right versus Wrong
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2Y45P7a6KI
for Code of Ethics for Software Professionals)
Software Quality Assurance : Verification and validation – SQA - SQA objectives and goals –
SQA plan – Definition of software quality – Classification of software qualities – Software
quality attributes – Important qualities of software products – Importance of software
5.2 4 Per
quality – SEI – CMM – Five levels – ISO 9000 – Need for ISO Certification – Benefits of ISO
9000 certification – Limitation of ISO 9000 certification – Uses of ISO – Salient features of
ISO 9000 Requirements – Introduction to ISO 9126
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IbXzqjpc-yg for Software Quality Assurance)
5.3 Software Reliability : Definition – Reliability terminologies – Classification of failures –
2 Per
Reliability metrics – Reliability growth modeling - Reliability measurement process
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZGgGG62NcL0 for Software Reliability)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 141


LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time
applications
1. Luisant software solutions, Salem
2. Esoftcube Technology, Salem.
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and
as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

II. SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics in association with the IE(I)/ISTE and
the students’ Technical Association of Computer Engineering Programme.
1. Software Testing
2. Software analysis
3. Life cycle models

III. CASE STUDIES


Case study on the following
1. Prepare charts for various models, SDLC life cycles, UML notations etc.
2. Prepare SRS documents based on case study
3. Discuss various case studies available on internet

IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE


 www.nptel.iitm.ac.in
 www.sei.emu.edu
 http://forum.jntuworld.com/showt hread.pho?3841-SOFTWARE ENGINEERING-(SE)-Notes-
All-8-Units

TEXT BOOKS

YEAR OF
S. NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING /
EDITION

Pearson Education,
1. Software Engineering Ian Sommerville Sixth Edition
New Delhi

McGraw-Hill
Software Engineering – A
2. Roger S. Pressman International Edition, First Edition
Practitioner’s Approach
New Delhi

ISTQB Certification Study Wiley DreamTech


3. Dr.K.V.K.K. Prasad First Edition
Guide Press, New Delhi

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 142


REFERENCE BOOKS

YEAR OF
S. NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING /
EDITION
BHarat Bhusan
Firewall Media, New Second
1. Software Engineering Agarwal, Sumit
Delhi Edition 2008
Prakash Tayal
Software Engineering Ali Behforooz and Oxford University press,
2. 2005
fundamentals Fredick J Hudson New Delhi

Software Testing Principles Srnivasan desikan, Pearson Education,


3. First Edition
and Practices Gopalswamy Ramesh New Delhi

Wiley DreamTech
4. Software Testing Tools Dr.K.V.K.K. Prasad First Edition
Press, New Delhi
Suftware Testing Concepts Nageshwara Rao DreamTeach, New
5. First Edition
and Tools Pusulri Delhi
Fundamental of Software PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,
6. Rajib Mall 2011
Engineering New Delhi
TMGH Education Pvt. Eight
7. Software Engineering Stephen Schach
Lts., New Delhi Reprint,2011

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 143


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING

Software Engineering
Model Question Paper – I
Year / Sem : III / V Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7401A Time : 3 Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. Define the term “Software Product” and “Program”.

2. Give any two problems faced in SRS.

3. Expand CASE and its scope.

4. What are the factors affecting the task set for the project?

5. Differentiate coupling and cohesion.

6 State some of the debugging approaches in software testing.

7. Write any two differences between forward and reengineering.

8. Give any four salient features of ISO 9000.

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. Explain about the characteristics of Software.

10. Deliberate about Agile life cycle model?

11. Describe about Product metrics and Project metrics.

12. What is meant by risk avoidance?

13. Describe equivalence partitioning with example.

14. What are the categories of maintenance? Describe any one.

15. List out the five levels of SEI-CMMI.

16. Comment on Terms i) Fault and ii) Failure.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 144


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. (i) Explain in detail about software myths. 5
(ii) Compare the life cycle models based on their distinguishing factors, strength and 5
weakness.(Present in the form of table only).
(OR)
B. Draw the E-R diagram for hotel reception desk management and What are the uses of 10
analysis tool? Briefly explain about analysis tools.

18. A. (i) Explain about the architecture of CASE Environment 5


(ii) Give reasons for poor and inaccurate estimation. 5
(OR)
B. Illustrate about Flow graph and PERT and explain different types of risks. 10

19. A. (i) Define cohesion and explain its different types. 5


(ii) Explain any one methods used for black box testing strategies. 5
(OR)
B. What are the characteristics of bug? And explain in detail about lifecycle of debugging task 10
and approaches.

20. A. (i) Explain about software version control. 5


(ii) Summarize about software configuration management activities. 5
(OR)
B. With a neat diagram explain Re-engineering process and applications areas of reverse 10
engineering.

21. A. (i) Outline the limitations and uses of ISO 9000 certification? 5
(ii) Discuss in detail about the important qualities of software products. 5
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about Code of Ethics for software professionals. 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 145


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING

Software Engineering
Model Question Paper - II
Year / Sem : III / V Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7401A Time : 3 Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. Define the term “Software Engineering” and “Software Myths”

2. Draw diagram of waterfall Lifecycle model.

3. State any two advantages of function point.

4. What is fault and error?

5. State software reliability and its terminologies.

6 List down any two applications of reverse engineering.

7. Write down any two points on ethical issues.

8. Define the term verification and validation.

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. Write short notes on need for software engineering.

10. With neat diagram explain Prototyping model.

11. Write short notes on PERT.

12. What are the different types of software design? Explain any one.

13. Define Debugging. What are the characteristics of bugs?

14. What is the principle for re-engineering process?

15. What are the plans followed in SQA?

16. List out the different project scheduling methods. Explain any one.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 146


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. (i) Write down any five characteristics of software engineering and explain. 5
(ii) List several software process paradigms. Explain how both waterfall and prototyping 5
model can be accommodated in the spiral process model.
(OR)
B. List the contents of a good SRS and prepare an SRS document for banking system to 10
perform transactions like deposit and withdrawal(only describe the contents)

18. A. (i) Explain about Building blocks for CASE. 5


(ii) Explain COCOMO Model. 5
(OR)
B. Describe about Work breakdown structure and briefly explain Risk Management and 10
Risk detection.

19. A. (i) Explain in detail about Goals and objectives of software design. 5
(ii) Compare black box and white box software testing. 5
(OR)
B. What are the classifications of failures? Explain each. 10

20. A. (i) Explain about software version control. 5


(ii) Discuss about software configuration management activities. 5
(OR)
B. With a neat diagram, explain reverse engineering task and characteristics of reverse 10
engineering.

21. A. (i) Give any five limitations of ISO 9000 certification. 5


(ii) Comment on “Software Engineering ethics and professional practices” 5
(OR)
B. Explain five levels of SEI-CMMI Model. 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 147


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING


Semester : V
Course Code : 15O – 7401B
Course Name : OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Open Source
4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours
Software

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS


Unit No. Topics No. of Periods
I OVERVIEW OF OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE 09
II INTRODUCTION TO LAMP & PHP 10
III ADVANCED PHP& MYSQL 10
IV PYTHON 09
V OPEN SOURCE TOOLS AND TECHNOLOGIES 09
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 60

RATIONALE
The main aim of this subject is to enable the students to know the basic concepts of open source
software and tools. The students will learn about the principles of open source software, web
servers, databases, operating systems, programming languages and application development.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 148


OBJECTIVES
At the end of the course the students will be able to:
 Understand the general concepts and modes of Linux Operating System
 Understand the advanced concepts like Scheduling, Time Accounting, Personalities and
coning. Understand Linux Networking
 Know the basic concepts of Open Source Database
 Know how to connect MYSQL database and closing connection.
 Gain knowledge to create database and tables and manipulate database tables in MYSQL
 Understand the concepts of Record Selection technologies Install and Configure of PHP
 Understand the basic concepts of PHP
 Understand the String and Array concepts in PHP. List the advanced features of PHP
 Analyze the Memory Management, Parameter Handling and Variables in PHP, Understand
how to access a database using PHP
 Understand the advanced Database techniques
 Analyze the Apache Web Server and Configuring the server. Explain the History and
Architecture of Eclipse IDE Platform
 Understand the Case Study like E-Governance. Understand the basics of Python
 Know the building blocks of python language
 Know the development process of a Python program, Understanding file handling using
python
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT I OVERVIEW OF OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE ….. 09 PERIODS
1.1 Introduction : Need of Open Sources – Advantages of Open Sources – Applications – FOSS –
FOSS usage – Free Software Movement, Advantages of Free Software – Commercial aspects
4 Per
of Open Source movement – Certification courses issues – global and Indian. Application of
Open Source
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1yJgDTcuaOo for overview of open source software)
1.2. Open Source Operating Systems: LINUX: Features of Linux – Linux architecture – Linux
advanced concepts – General Overview – Kernel mode and User mode process. Android:
2 Per
Features – Android Architecture – Libraries – Runtime – (Concepts only) – Application –
Android Market
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ni3rkBYHulU for Open Source Operating Systems)
1.3 Advanced Concepts: Popular Flavors of Linux-FSFLinux Desktop: GNOME-KDE. – Modular
structure of the Linux system – Single-user vs. Multi-user – Command Line Interface vs.
3 Per
Graphical User Interface – Graphical and text-based log-in – Virtual Terminals. Open SPARC
Project – Open source compilers – Model driven architecture – Eclipse IDE Platform
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZEAlhVOZ8qQ
for Open Source, GNOME-KDE, Develop open source software, Compilers.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 149


UNIT II INTRODUCTION TO LAMP & PHP ……. 10 PERIODS
2.1. LAMP Server: Introduction – RPM version – security issues – Testing LAMP Server – Build
3 Per
and install apache – edit apache configuration files – start and working with apache server.
(Refer web link : https://www.lynda.com/Apache-tutorials/...PHP.../362875-2.html for LAMP Server)
2.2. PHP : Introduction – installing & configuring PHP – Lexical structure – Basic syntax of PHP –
programming in web environment - Common PHP Script Elements – Using Variables – 4 Per
Constants – Data types – Operators – Statements – Using Functions
(Refer web link : https://www.udemy.com/virtual-machine-full-localhost-lamp-stack-setup-tutorial for PHP)
2.3. Strings: String constant-printing strings-accessing individual’s characters-comparing strings-
3 Per
concatenating strings-manipulating & searching strings-regular expressions.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/OQK01Gl3aXU for strings)
UNIT III ADVANCED PHP& MYSQL …… 10 PERIODS

3.1. Array: Associative array – identifying elements of an array – storing data in arrays –
multidimensional arrays – extracting multiple values – arrays and variable conversion – 4 Per
traversing- sorting.
(Refer web link : https://www.udemy.com/learning-dynamic-website-design/ for array)
3.2. Advanced PHP : Introduction to advanced PHP concept – Working With Forms – Processing
3 Per
Forms – Form Validation – Files: File and Directory Handling – Including Files – File Access
(Refer web link : https://www.udemy.com/complete-php-mysql-course-for-beginners-start-to-finish/
for File handling in PHP)
3.3. PHP and SQL database: PHP and LDAP – PHP Connectivity – Sending andreceiving emails –
3 Per
Retrieving data from MySQL – Manipulating data inMySQL using PHP
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/ueWpNe0PG34 for PHP and SQL database)
UNIT IV PYTHON ……. 09PERIODS
4.1. Python: Overview – installing – running in windows/Linux - Variables and Strings – Data
3 Per
types - Operators – Decision Control – Conditional Statements – Loops – Example Programs
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/N4mEzFDjqtA for Python)
4.2. Sequences: Lists: Introduction – Fixed size lists and arrays – Lists and Loops – Assignment
and references –Identity and equality – Sorted lists – Tuples: Tuples and string formatting –
3 Per
String functions. Sets: Unordered Collections – Simple programs Dictionaries, SetsUsing
modules
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/XWQ0cyCrY7w for sequences)
4.3. Dictionaries : Introduction – Combining two dictionaries with UPDATE Making copies –
Persistent variables – Internal Dictionaries Functions and Files : Functions – File Handling – 3 Per
Exception – Handling exception
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/58ov_GwiFzc for dictionaries)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 150


UNIT – V OPEN SOURCE TOOLS AND TECHNOLOGIES ………. 09 PERIODS
5.1. Web Server : Apache Web server – Working with web server – Configuring and using apache
2 Per
web server
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/BcmUOmvl1N8 for web Server)
5.2 Open Source Software tools and Processors : Introduction – Eclipse IDE Platform –
Compilers – Model driven architecture tools – Top level tools – Privacy tools – Selenium ID – 4 Per
Features and uses
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/KHYJjYsfVpY for Open Source Software tools and Processors)
5.3 CASE STUDY: Government Policy toward Open Source ( E- Governance) – Wikipedia as an
open Source Project – Open source library – Version control system – Source forge 3 Per

(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sfVy0Sbf-CE for E- Governance)

LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES


I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time
applications
1. Luisant software solutions, Salem
2. VEE Technologies Pvt., Ltd., Salem.
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and
as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

II. SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics in association with the IE(I)/ISTE and
the students’ Technical Association of Computer Engineering Programme.
1. Python
2. PHP and LAMP

III. CASE STUDIES


Case study on the following
1. Visit any web development company using open source softwares
2. Develop the dynamic website using PHP and MySQL
3. Find out the list of open source software and its licenses

IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE


 www.nptel.iitm.ac.in
 http://developer.android.com
 Learning to Program - A free Python web-book by Alan Gauld
 http://www.freenetpages.co.uk/hp/alan.gauld/
 http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Python_Programming

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 151


REFERENCE BOOKS
YEAR OF
S. NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING /
EDITION
The Complete Reference Tata McGraw Hill, New Sixth Edition
1. Richard Peterson
Linux Delhi 2006
Third Edition,
2. Web Programming Chris Bates Wiley India, New Delhi
Reprint 2011
John Wiley sons, First Edition
3. MySQL Bible: Steve Suchring
Mumbai 2002
O’Reilly
RasmusLerdorf and First Edition
4. Programming PHP Publications2002,
Levin Tatroe 2002
Mumbai

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 152


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING

Open Source Software


Model Question Paper – I
Year / Sem : III / V Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7401B Time : 3Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. Define the term “FOSS” and “ GUI”

2. Write any four Linux network command.

3. Give the general structure of declare statement in PHP.

4. Define PHP and metadata.

5. What are the datatypes available in MySQL?

6 Write general syntax for python with simple example.

7. State any four open source software tools.

8. Expand LDAP and LAMP.

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. What are applications of open source software? And state any three advantages of free software.

10. Write the common PHP script elements.

11. How you can access individual characters in string? Explain.

12. In your own create a simple form in PHP.

13. Write the procedure for installing windows.

14. Define the term tuples and string formatting.

15. What is meant by open source library? And list what are top level tools in Open Source Software.

16. Write any six applications in open source operating systems.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 153


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. (i) What are the needs and advantages of open source? 5
(ii) Explain any five useful Linux network command. 5
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about Linux network GUI configuration tools. 10

18. A. (i) How will you edit apache configuration files? 5


(ii) Summarize the concept of string constant with an example. 5
(OR)
B. Explain the procedure for installing and configuring PHP in your system. 10

19. A. (i) Calculate sum of an array using PHP. 5


(ii) In detail discuss about form validation. 5
(OR)
B. In detail explain how to retrieve and manipulate data in MySQL using PHP. 10

20. A. (i) Explain about sequence of lists in Python. 5


(ii) Discuss about dictionaries in Python. 5
(OR)
B. Using conditional statements write your own program in Python. 10

21. A. (i) Explain about the Government Policy towards open sources. 5
(ii) How will you configure apache web server and state its uses? 5
(OR)
B. Explain about the history and architecture of Eclipse IDE platform. 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 154


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING

Open Source Software


Model Question Paper - II
Year / Sem : III / V Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7401B Time : 3Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. Give any four examples for open source operating system.

2. List any two kernel mode process.

3. What is configuration file and RPM version?

4. Write a command for sending e-mail using PHP and SQL database.

5. List out the data types available in MySQL??

6 Define persistent variable with an example.

7. What are the uses of webservers? Write any one latest technology used for web server.

8. What do you mean by Eclipse and source forges?

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. Write any six advantages and applications of open source software.

10. Compare single-user vs multi-user.

11. What are the security issues in LAMP server?

12. Explain about regular expressions.

13. How will you identify elements of an array?

14. Explain about “Functions” with an example

15. Explain top level tools and privacy tools?

16. State the uses of apache web server and explain briefly.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 155


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. (i) State any five Linux network command with their uses. 5
(ii) Explain about kernel mode and user mode process. 5
(OR)
B. What are the needs of open source software in the current scenario? Explain them. 10

18. A. (i) Generate a PHP script that will display the multiplier of the numbers 1 to 5, up to 5 rows. 5
(ii) How will you edit apache configuration files? 5
(OR)
B. Explain the procedure for installing and configuring PHP in your system. 10

19. A. (i) Explain the procedure for downloading MySQL database 5


(ii) Write down the facts about MySQL database. 5
(OR)
B. With an example explain in detail about form validation and processing forms. 10

20. A. (i) How will you combine two dictionaries with UPDATE making copies? 5
(ii) Explain about equality sequences. 5

(OR)
B. Explain about conditional statements and operators with an example program using 10
Python

21. A. (i) What is webserver? Write a short note on apache web server. 5
(ii) Explain about the architecture of Eclipse IDE platform. 5
(OR)
B. What are model driven architecture tools? Explain briefly 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 156


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester :V
Course Code : 15O - 7308
Course Name : WEB PROGRAMMING PRACTICAL

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Periods / Periods / Continuous Semester-End Duration
Total
week Semester Assessment Examinations
Web
Programming 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours
Practical

OBJECTIVES
At the end of the practical course the students will be able to:
 Acquire knowledge to use Bootstrap to create web pages
 Gain knowledge to use Bootstrap CSS to create web pages
 Know to create simple java script code
 Design Web pages using JSP and HTML code
 Gain knowledge to use CSS to develop rich Web applications
 Acquire knowledge to use Ajax to develop ultra-responsive web applications

LAB EXERCISES
PART - A

1. Use a Bootstrap class to style the button properly with a red color.
2. Use Bootstrap to Make the dropdown menu expand upwards instead of downwards when
clicking on it.
3. Develop a web page using Bootstrap CSS to create a time table for the class using different
border style
4. Develop a web page to design an advertisement using Bootstrap CSS to set the
background colors, fonts and columns
5. a)Write a Java script code that converts the entered text to uppercase
b) Write a Java script code to validate the username and password. The username and
password are stored in variables

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 157


6. Write a Java Script code using frames and Events ( When a cursor moves over an object it
should display the specification of the object in another frame )
7. Write Jquery Code to change the hyperlink and the text of a existing link
8. Write Jquery Program for Count the number of milliseconds between the two click events on a
paragraph
9. Write Jquery Program for Fade in and fade out all division elements
10. Write Jquery Program for Disable/enable the form submit button and Blink the text.

PART – B
11. Collect the definitions of 5 items in Open Source. These definitions are stored in two string
arrays name[] and defn[]. Write a JSP which has these two arrays and supplies the definition
on request. Write a HTML document which gets the user input of the name of the item and
sends the request to the JSP.
12. Write a JSP code to manipulate cookies
13. Write a JSP code to upload data from client side.
14. Write a program to check how many users have visited a website. Use Application object.
15. Write a Code in Java Script to count number of times you move over a link or record.
16. Write a program to check whether a person will be permitted to open a particular page or
not. Use permission checker component.
17. Develop a simple Hello World application using AJAX
18. Develop an AJAX application to get the server date time from a JSP page using AJAX.

SCHEME OF VALUATION

ALLOCATION OF MARKS
Writing any one program from PART – A 10 Marks
Writing any one program from PART - B 15 Marks
Executing program (PART – A) 15 Marks
Executing program (PART – B) 20 Marks
Result with printout ( PART – A) 5 Marks
Result with printout ( PART – B) 5 Marks
VIVA - VOCE 5 Marks
TOTAL 75 Marks

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 158


LIST OF HARDWARE COMPONENTS
S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENT Total Nos
1 Desktop Computers 36 Nos.
2 Laser Printer 4 Nos.

LIST OF SOFTWARE COMPONENTS


S. No. LIST OF SOFTWARE SUGGESTED
1 Bootstarp v3.3.6
2 Note Pad or Any Text Editor
3 HTML Supporting Browser (Any One )
 Internet Explorer 10
 Opera 11.60
 Chrome 19
4 Tomcat Server

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 159


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester :V
Course Code : 15O - 7309
Course Name : COMPUTER HARDWARE AND SERVICING PRACTICAL

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Computer
Hardware And
4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours
Servicing
Practical

RATIONALE
The course aims at making the students familiar with various parts of computers and laptops and
how to assemble them and the different types of peripherals desired. In addition, the course will
provide the students with necessary knowledge and skills in computer and laptop software
installation and maintenance and to make him diagnose the software faults. This subject also gives
the knowledge and competency to diagnose the problems in computer hardware and peripherals
and also gives the knowledge for trouble shooting for systematic repair and maintenance of
computers and laptops.

OBJECTIVES
At the end of the practical course the students will be able to:
 Know the various indicators, switches and connectors used in Computers
 Familiarize the layout of SMPS, motherboard and various Disk Drives
 Learn how to Install various secondary storage devices with memory partition and
formatting
 Know the various types of printer installation and to handle the troubleshooting ability
 Acquire the practical knowledge about the installation of various devices like scanner, web
camera, cell phone and bio-metric devices, Configure BIOS set up options
 Understand how to Assemble PC system and checking the working condition, Identify the
problems in Computer systems, software installation and rectification also
 Gain knowledge on assembling and disassembling of Laptop and to identify the parts and to
install OS and configure it
 Analyze different cables in a network
 Configure Internet connection and use utilities to debug the network issues

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 160


LAB EXERCISES
1 Identification of System Layout.
a) Front panel indicators & switches and Front side & rear side connectors.
b) Familiarize the computer system Layout: Marking positions of SMPS, Motherboard,
FDD, HDD, CD, DVD and add on cards.
c) Configure bios setup program and troubleshoot the typical problems using BIOS utility.

2 HARD DISK
a) Install Hard Disk.
b) Configure CMOS-Setup.
c) Partition and Format Hard Disk.
d) Identify Master /Slave / IDE Devices.
e) Practice with scan disk, disk cleanup, disk De-fragmenter, Virus Detecting and
Rectifying Software.
3 a) Install and Configure a DVD Writer and a Blu-ray Disc writer.
b) Recording a Blank DVD and Blu-ray Disc.
4 Printer Installation and Servicing:
a) Install and configure Dot matrix printer and Laser printer
b) Head Cleaning in dot matrix printer
c) Troubleshoot the above printers.
5 Install and configure Scanner, Web cam and bio-metric device with system. Troubleshoot the
problems
6 NIC and Router Installation
a.) NIC, Router Installation
b.) Configuring using device drivers
c.) Diagnosis and trouble shooting.
7 Install audio/video devices – microphone, speaker and head set and Digital camera and
troubleshoot the audio-video devices.
8 Practice with back up and restoring data in a network server using external storage Device
9 Assemble a system with add on cards and check the working condition of the system & install OS.
10 Installation of DUAL OS
11 Installation of wireless devices a. Keyboard b.Mouse c. Data Card
12 a) Assembling and Disassembling of Mobile Phones.
b) Fault finding and troubleshooting of Ear piece, Microphone, Keypad and Display Sections of
Mobile Phones
13 Flashing, Unlocking and Formatting memory cards in Mobile phones
14 Interfacing the cell phone with system.
15 Assembling and Disassembling of Laptop to identify the parts and to install OS and configure it.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 161


SCHEME OF VALUATION

ALLOCATION OF MARKS
Aim, Procedure and Source Code 30
Execution 30
Result / Output 10
Viva-voce 05
TOTAL 75

S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENT Total Nos


1 Computer with Pentium 36 Nos.
2 Hard disk drive 4 Nos.
3 CD Drive / DVD Writer 6 Nos.
4 Blank DVD 10 Nos.
5 Blank Blu-ray disk 10 Nos.
6 Head cleaning CD 5 Nos.
7 Dot matrix Printer 3 Nos.
8 Laser Printer 3 Nos.
9 Digital Camera & Web Camera 1 No
10 Scanner 3 Nos.
11 Blue tooth device and cell phone 2 Nos.
12 Bio-metric device 2 Nos.
13 Laptop 18 Nos.

S. No. LIST OF SOFTWARE SUGGESTED


1 Windows XP operating system
2 Linux operating system
3 Disk Manager (for the purpose of partition and format)
4 Norton or E-Trust Antivirus software
5 Scandisk
6 DVD Writer S/W, Blu-ray Burning S/W

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 162


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING


Semester :V
Course Code : 15O - 7310
Course Name : .NET PROGRAMMING PRACTICAL
TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
.NET
Programming 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours
Practical
OBJECTIVES
At the end of the practical course the students will be able to:
• Gain knowledge to develop and execute simple programs using C#.NET
• Understand the concepts of event handlers
• Know the usage of various C#.Net controls
• Acquire knowledge to create C#.NET applications using menus
• Access SQL database by using ADO.NET
• Know how to use Form controls
• Create Window applications using C#.NET form controls
• Develop XML database handling methodologies
• Analyze how to accept a character from console and check the case of the character
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
PART-A
1. Accept a character from console and check the case of the character.
2. Write a C# Program to accept any character from keyboard and display whether it is vowel or not.
3. Write a C# program to accept a string and convert the case of the characters.
4. Develop a menu based application to implement a text editor with cut, copy, paste, save and
close operations
5. Write a program to implement a calculator with memory and recall operations.
6. Develop a form in to pick a date from Calendar control and display the day, month, year details
in separate text boxes
7. Develop an application to perform timer based quiz of 10 questions.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 163


8. Develop an Windows Application to Displays the ATM Transaction such as Balance checking, Cash
withdrawal, Cash deposition.
9. Develop a application using the File and Directory controls to implement a common dialog box.
10. Develop a database application to store the details of students using ADO.NET
PART-B
11. Develop a database application using ADO.NET to insert, modify, update and delete operations.
12. Create a application for Accessing a SQL Database by Using ADO.NET by connecting to the SQL
Server database and call a stored procedure. You then display the data in a Repeater control.
13. Develop a application using Datagrid to display records.
14. Develop a application using Datagrid to add, edit and modify records.
15. Develop a Window application to read an XML document containing subject, mark scored, year of
passing into a Dataset
16. Develop a Window application to read an XML document containing employee name,code,Basic
pay, HRA, DA into a Dataset
17. Develop a application to read the details of the selected country stored in XML database and
display back to the user
SCHEME OF VALUATION
ALLOCATION OF MARKS
Writing answer For any one Program From PART-A 10 Marks
Writing answer For any one Program From PART-B 20 Marks
Executing Program(PART-A) 10 Marks
Executing Program(PART-B) 20 Marks
Result With Printout(PART-A) 5 Marks
Result With Printout(PART-B) 5 Marks
VIVA-VOCE 5 Marks
TOTAL 75 Marks

S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENT Total Nos


1 Computer with Pentium 36 Nos.
2 Laser Printer 3 Nos.

S. No. LIST OF SOFTWARE SUGGESTED


1 .Net Frame Work 3.3 and Above
2 Visual Studio IDE 2005 &SQL Server 2005 and Above

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 164


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester :V
Course Code : 15O - 7311
Course Name : PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND MINI PROJECT

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Professional
Practice and 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours
Mini Project

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS


Unit No. Topics No. of Periods
I Industrial Visits 8
II Lectures by Professional/ Industrial Expert 6
III Information Search/ Market Survey 6
IV Seminars/ Group Discussion by the students 10
V Mini Project 24
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 6
TOTAL 60

RATIONALE
The aim of professional practice and mini project practical is to provide opportunity to students to
undergo activities which will enable them to develop confidence in their respective field of
engineering and also to increase their employability skills. Industrial visits, lectures by
professional/industrial experts, information search and market survey, seminars, group discussions
and mini project are planned in this subject so that the participation of students in learning process
enhanced.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 165


OBJECTIVES
At the end of the practical course the students will be able to:
 Acquire relevant information from various sources
 Understand how to prepare technical notes for a particular topic
 Identify the seminar for the selected theme
 Acquire knowledge to interact with others
 Prepare reports on industrial visits, lectures by professional experts and execute market
survey
 Complete mini project work

DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT - I INDUSTRIAL VISITS ……….. 8 PERIODS
Structured industrial visits (minimum two) be arranged and report of the same
should be submitted by the individual student, as part of the team work.
Industrial visit may be arranged in any of the following areas:
 Telephone Exchange
 District Level National Information Centre
 Data centre
 Website development centre
 Astronomy Radio Telescopy centre
 TIDEL Park 8 Per
 Advertisement companies
 Visit any IT industry / computer network industry. Study their network
(Cable layout, devices used/software/costing)
 Visit any software industry and Collect organization chart and roles and
responsibilities of each post
 Visit any multimedia industry and Collect Number of resources available
in industry
 Visit any Industry related to computer engineering field
UNIT - II LECTURES BY PROFESSIONAL/ INDUSTRIAL EXPERT ……….. 6 PERIODS
Lectures can be organized on any three topics of the following suggested areas:
 Pollution control
 Fire Fighting / Safety Precautions and First aids
 Topics related to Social Awareness such as – Traffic Control System,
Interview Techniques
 Career opportunities, Preparation of Bio-data, Communication in Industry
etc 6 Per
 How to improve positive thinking
 Certification course guidance Carrier guidance
 IPV6
 Artificial Intelligence
 Data Mining

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 166


 Neural network
 Robotics
 Ethical Hacking
 E – commerce
 Advanced Computing
 4G
UNIT - III INFORMATION SEARCH/ MARKET SURVEY ……….. 6 PERIODS
3.1 Information Search: Information search can be done through manufacturers,
catalogues, internet, magazines, books etc. and submit a report.
Following topics are suggested:
 Advanced Techniques in RDBMS
 Manufacturers and cost of Computer, Printers
 Market survey of different processors
 Blue tooth Technology 3 Per
 Artificial Technology
 Data ware-housing
 Cryptography
 Bio-informatics
 Software security
 Video conferencing
3.2 Market Survey: A group of four students is expected to collect information from
Computer repairing centre (at which level repairing is done, cost) or Collect 3 Per
information regarding latest requirement for a job from any industry.
UNIT - IV SEMINARS/ GROUP DISCUSSION BY THE STUDENTS ……….. 10 PERIODS
4.1 Seminar: Students (group of four to six students) have to search/ collect
information about the topic through literature survey, visits and discussions with
experts/ concerned persons. Students have to submit a report of about 10 pages
and deliver a seminar for 10 minutes.
Some of the suggested seminar topics are:
 Sports in India
 Culture and heritage of our nation
 Discipline and health
 Problems of drinking water in rural area
 Computer Virus
 Importance of object oriented Concept in software development 5 Per
 Parallel Computing
 Distributed Processing
 Wireless communication
 Virtual reality
 Embedded system
 Computer security
 Multimedia Techniques
 Bio - Technology
 Troubleshooting in Computer system

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 167


4.2 Group Discussion: The students should discuss in group of four to six students
and write a brief report on the same as a part of team work. The topic of group
discussions may be selected by the faculty members.
Some of the suggested topics are:
 Global warming
 Trends in Information Technology
 Disaster management
 Safety in day to day life
 Energy Saving in Institute 5 Per
 Discipline and House keeping
 Use of mobile in college campus
 Internet surfing is good or bad
 Issues and benefits in E –commerce
 Software Piracy
 Computer gaming
 Current topic related to computer engineering field
UNIT - V MINI PROJECTS ……….. 24 PERIODS
A group of four to six students to be formed assemble the project model and also
submit a report comprising not less than 10 pages.
 Search Engine
 Web-site development
 Billing Software
 Game Development
 Creation of a sniffer and port scanner
 Business Directory 24 Per
 Image gallery and Converter
 Study of Internet Marketing
 Passed out students management details
 Application projects in VB like notepad, editors
 Animation projects using VB, flash, 3D max etc
 Multimedia related Projects like CBT, Cartoon etc
 Mobile Application Development

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 168


SCHEME OF VALUATION:

ALLOCATION OF MARKS
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT MARKS (25 Marks)
Description Max. Marks
Report preparation and submission on the following:
1. Industrial Visit
2. Lectures by Professional / Industrial Expert
15
3. Information Search
4. Seminar and Group Discussion by the students
5. Mini Project
Mini Project – Review 5
Attendance 5
SEMESTER END EXAMINATION EVALUATION (75 Marks)
PART – A
Written Examination Max. Marks Duration
(Two Questions from Each Unit – 10 x 2 Marks) - 20 Marks
25 1 hr.
Abstract of Mini Project Work - 5 Marks
PART – B
1. Presentation with power point for all the five units – 20 Marks Max. Marks Duration
2. Model and Demonstration of the Mini Project – 20 Marks
3. Viva Voce – 10 Marks 50 2 hrs.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 169


SEMESTER – VI

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 170


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester : VI
Course Code : 15O - 7312
Course Name : NETWORKS SECURITY AND ADMINISTRATION

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Networks
Security And 5 75 25 75 100 3 Hours
Administration

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS


Unit No. Topics No. of Periods
I OVERVIEW OF SECURITY 13
II NETWORK SECURITY 13
III APPLICATIONS OF NETWORK SECURITY 14
IV WINDOWS ADMINISTRATION 12
V LINUX ADMINISTRATION 10
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST & MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 75

RATIONALE
The course aims to groom the students to enable them to work on current technology scenarios as
well as prepare them to keep pace with the changing face of technology and the requirements of the
growing IT industry. As such the introduction of current and future trends and technology of
computer networks and security would strengthen the knowledge and skills of engineering
community in taking one-step further the prosperity of mankind.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 171


OBJECTIVES
At the end of the course the students will be able to:
 Understand the basic concepts of security and threats.
 Identify the attacks and analyze different types of attacks.
 Learn about software development and its security problems.
 Identify the Risk and different types of risk management process.
 Understand the mechanism of attacks, threats and agency.
 Learn about Cryptography and different Cryptography Algorithms, Digital signatures.
 Analyze about Virtual private network and firewalls.
 Identify the wireless security issues and its features.
 Know to install the windows 2003/2008 server.
 Analyze the concepts of Active directory services and DNS.
 Know the role of administrator and install, configure DHCP.
 Understand the purpose of back up and the concepts of troubleshoot
 Understand the basic concepts of Linux and its process.
 Learn about user access and file management.
 Learn about process management in Linux

DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT I OVERVIEW OF SECURITY ………… 13 PERIODS
1.1. Introduction to network security: Definition – Security Basics – Confidentiality,
Integrity, Availability – Security Services – Security Mechanisms – Agency - Need for
security: Business needs - Principles of security – threats: definition - categories of 4 Per
threats – Viruses and Worms – Intruders – Criminal organizations, Terrorists,
Information warfare
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/Vd3tPqztUFY for network security)
1.2. Attacks: Definition- Types of Attacks – Criminal attacks – Legal Attacks - Passive and
Active attacks – Denial of service (DOS) – Backdoors and Trapdoors, Sniffing, Spoofing,
4 Per
Man in the Middle, TCP/IP Hacking, Phishing attacks, Distributed DOS, SQL Injection.
Malware : Viruses, Logic bombs
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/0_dC7rPx2v8 for attacks)
1.3. Secure software development: Software assurance – Software design principles –
2 Per
software development security problems
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/pnS1z-KyxfM for Secure software development)
1.4. Risk Management: Overview - Risk Identification - Asset identification – vulnerability –
Risk Assessment – likelihood – risk determination – possible controls – Risk Control 3 Per
Strategies
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/BHh3z7B_wvI for Risk Management)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 172


UNIT II NETWORK SECURITY ……… 13 PERIODS
2.1. Authentication and Authorization: Introduction – Authentication and security –
Authentication vs. authorization – Types of Authentication - Authentication methods 3 Per
and protocols
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/bv6QL0H8kAY for Authentication and Authorization)
2.2. Disk encryption : Transparent encryption, Implementation 2 Per
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/600y23L8-Lg for Disk encryption)
2.3. Cryptography: Definition – Private &Public Key – Algorithms - Stream ciphers, DES,
3 Per
RSA, Diffe-Hellman algorithm.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/Ch2Zp8iz39I?list=PLlvRa4DI5Io1PJdj5TxR-Idp2SV4USRSg
for Cryptography)
2.4. Message Authentication: Authentication – Hash function, Digest function. Ethical
3 Per
Hacking
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/5nowGYVAZLc for Message Authentication)
2.5 Digital signature: Definition – Applications – Digital signatures versus ink on paper
2 Per
signatures.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/VIcBpRpiBoc for Digital signature)
UNIT – III APPLICATIONS OF NETWORK SECURITY ……… 14 PERIODS
3.1. Internet Security: Email security : Security of email transmission – malicious code –
mail encryption, IP security : Overview – Architecture – IPSec configurations – IPSec 4 Per
security, Web security : SSL – TLS – SET
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/CZzd3i7Bs2o for Internet Security)
3.2. System security : Intruder – Viruses – worms – Trojan horses – SPAM 2 Per
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/8caqok3ah8o for System security)
3.3. VPN : Definitions – Benefits – Issues, Server Authentication System, VPN Protocol 3 Per
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/rFg7TSwVcL4 for VPN)
3.4 Security Mechanism : Firewall – Types – Developing Firewalls – Packet filters -
2 Per
Limitations of firewalls
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/pjpVPcmb-y0 for Security Mechanism)
3.5 Wireless Security Issues: Intrusion Detection – Definition and Types - Transmission
Security, Authentication, WLAN Detection, Eaves Dropping, Active Attacks, WEP 3 Per
Definition and Features
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/-3qFkZPdJvI for Wireless Security Issues)
UNIT IV WINDOWS ADMINISTRATION …… 12 PERIODS
4.1. Introduction: Introduction to windows 2008 server & family – Installation of windows
2 Per
2008/2012 – Upgradation of existing OS.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/C5YWwp-pBhA for windows administration)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 173


4.2. ADS &DNS: Introduction of ADS – Installing ADS&DNS – Creating and managing users
with ADS users and computers – Creating group policy – Managing shares and 3 Per
permissions – DNS name space Top level domain.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/Klta1bz_TrA for ADS & DNS)
4.3. DHCP & Backup: Introduction to DHCP – Installing and configuring of DHCP server
3 Per
backups – needs of backup – types of backup - perform backup using backup utility.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/IEZKK2gtN94 for DHCP & Backup)
4.4. Troubleshooting: About troubleshooting – event viewer – system information tools -
windows computer management – performance monitoring tools – PING – TRACERT – 4 Per
ROUTE – NETSTAT – NSLOOKUP – TELNET
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/0-eefKkafhs for Troubleshooting in windows server)
UNIT V LINUX ADMINISTRATION ………… 10 PERIODS
5.1. Introduction: Linux Operating System Concepts – Architecture Overview of Kernel –
2 Per
User Space – Kernel Space – Processes and Daemons – Process Control
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/DtU8hB-qSPA?list=PL9ooVrP1hQOH3SvcgkC4Qv2cyCebvs0Ik
for Linux administration)
5.2. Administration: Overview of Linux Administration – Linux File system – User – Group
and Resource Management – Configuration Files - File system Permissions – Access 3 Per
Permissions – Security – Common File system Commands.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/qAMWG86sEm8 for Administration)
5.3. User and File management: Password files – managing user environment – adding
user – removing user – login access – disabling user – account management utilities –
2 Per
managing groups – lightweight directory access protocol – File path names – mounting
and unmounting file systems – file tree – file types – file attributes.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/zRw0SKaXSfI for User and File management)
5.4. Process management: Components of a process (PID, PPID, UID, EUID) – signals – send
signals (Kill, Killall) – Process states – nice and renice – monitor process(ps,top) –
3 Per
runaway process – Backup Devices and media – setting up backup using dump –
restore.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/mHPySA51t18 for Process management)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 174


LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time
applications
1. BSNL, Meyanoor , Salem – 636005
2. Point Perfect Transcription Services, CHIL SEZ IT Park, Saravanampatti, Coimbatore – 641035
3. Data Care Networking, annanagar, Chennai – 600040
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and
as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

II. SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics in association with the IE(I)/ISTE and
the students’ Technical Association of Computer Engineering Programme.
1. Linux Administration
2. VPN & Security Issues

III. CASE STUDIES


Case study on the following
1. Configuration of client PCs and OS, configuration of Server and Domains Used Type of
Networking
2. Different Network devices used (Switches, Routers, Access points etc.,)

IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE


 Software: Wire shark Traffic Analysis/Packet Sniffing Tool, Snort Packet Sniffing tool
 www.securityplusolc.com.
 http://mercury.webster.edu/aleshunas/COSC%205130/COSC%205130%20Home.html
 http://williamstallings.com/Cryptography/
 http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses.php?disciplineId=106
 Network Simulator Tool: GNS3 v0.8.5, NetSimK
 http://www.snort.org/docs
 http://manual.snort.org/node27.html
 http://www.wireshark.org/docs/wsug_html_chunked/

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 175


TEXT BOOKS

YEAR OF
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING /
EDITION

Network Security A beginner’s Tata McGraw-Hill, Third Edition


1. Eric Maiwald
Guide New Delhi 2001

McGraw-
Sixth Edition
2. Linux the complete reference Richard L.Petersen Hill/Osborne,
1997
2002, New Delhi

Cryptography & Network Prentice-Hall of Fifth Edition


3. William Stallings
Security-Principals & Practice India, New Delhi 2011

Windows Server 2003 for First Edition


4. James Michael Stewart Wiley, New Delhi
Dummies 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS

YEAR OF
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING /
EDITION

John Wiley & sons, Second Edition


1. Practical Cryptography Bruce, Schneier
NewYork Toha 2004

Second Edition,
Cryptography and Network Be hrsouzA.Forouzan, Tata McGraw-Hill,
2. Fourth Reprint
Security DebdeepMukhopadhyay New Delhi
2011
New Age
3. Computer Network S.S.Shinde International Pvt Reprint 2011
Ltd., New Delhi

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 176


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)

DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING

Network Security and Administration


Model Question Paper - I
Year / Sem : III / VI Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7312 Time : 3 Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. State any two points for the security of computer systems.
2. Write down the terms involved in risk management.
3. List out the different types of disk encryption.
4. Compare the terms virus and worm.
5. Expand the term DHCP, ADS, DNS & VPN.
6 Differentiate the terms user space and kernel space.
7. How will you manage the groups and group policy in Linux?
8. Write any four commands involved in performance monitoring tools.

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)

Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. Define the term DOS and spoofing.
10. Distinguish between hash function and digest function with an example.
11. Deliberate about WLAN detection.
12. Write a differ-Hellman algorithm in cryptography with an example.
13. What is meant by web security and also list out the types?
14. List out any six top level domain available in DNS.
15. How will you assign the permission to the user in Linux also write down the steps.
16. Write down the steps to implement VPN in your institution.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 177


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. (i) List down the software development security problems. 5
(ii) What is mean by attacks? Briefly Explain its types. 5
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about Risk management and risk control strategies. 10

18. A. (i) Explain about public key cryptography algorithm. 5


(ii) Compare digital signature versus ink on paper signature. 5
(OR)
B. Discuss about the message authentication system and its benefits. 10

19. A. (i) Illustrate the concept of IP security and IP security configuration 5


(ii) What is firewall and explain the limitations of firewall? 5
(OR)
B. Explain how to detect the following term (i) Intrusion (ii) ELAN (iii) Eaves dropping 10

20. A. (i) Explain about Domain name space and their configuration settings 5
(ii) Summarize the concept of creation of group and managing their sharing policies 5
(OR)
B. Discuss about installing and configuring the DHCP server and their benefits. 10

21. A. (i) Explain about process and deamons of Linux in detail. 5


(ii) List down the different kind of file system in Linux and their permissions and 5
explain.
(OR)
B. Explain the following terms in briefly 10
(i) Linux process state (ii) Linux signal (iii) Backup in Linux (iv) Restores

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 178


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)

DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING

Network Security and Administration


Model Question Paper – II
Year / Sem : III / VI Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7312 Time : 3 Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. Write down any two algorithm used for encryption.
2. What are the terms involved in software design principle?
3. Describe the different types of wireless security.
4. Give the meaning of NSLOOKUP & TELNET.
5. How to mount and unmount the file in Linux write the command.
6 While configuring DHCP what are initial steps to follow?
7. Expand the term WEP and write some of its features.
8. List out any four file system access permission command in Linux.

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)

Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. Write down any six applications of digital signature.
10. Differentiate authentication and authorization with an example.
11. State the terms i) backdoors, ii) trapdoors, iii) sniffing.
12. In cryptography how to distribute the private key and public key?
13. Deliberate about server authentication system.
14. List out any six system information Tools.
15. Write down the command used for disabling user and account management utilities.
16. How to find the eaves dropping in your network?

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 179


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. (i) Explain the different kind of security services available in network security. 5
(ii) What is called distributed DOS&SQL Injection with some real-time examples. 5
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about Secure software development process in step by step with a neat 10
diagram.

18. A. (i) Explain about authentication methods and different protocols used for it. 5
(ii) Illustrate the concept of ethical hacking and some protocols with examples 5
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about stream cipher and public key algorithm with examples. 10

19. A. (i) Draw the neat diagram for internet security architecture and explain. 5
(ii) Discuss about VPN protocol with a neat diagram. 5
(OR)
B. Summarize the concept of security mechanism and transmission security with examples. 10

20. A. (i) Explain about installation of windows 2008/2012 with neat diagrams. 5
(ii) Explain the following commands (i) PING (ii) TRACERT (iii) ROUTE (iv) NETSTAT(v) 5
ROUTE
(OR)
B. Discuss about installing and configure the ADS & DNS and their benefits. 10

21. A. (i) Draw the architecture of kernel space and explain. 5


(ii) List the different kind of lightweight directory access protocol and explain 5
(OR)
B. Illustrate the concept of Linux administration in user and file systems concepts with 10
examples

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 180


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester : VI
Course Code : 150 - 7313
Course Name : MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS

TEACHING & SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:


No. of weeks per Semester 15 Weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Multimedia
5 75 25 75 100 3 Hours
Systems

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS


Unit No. Topics No. of Periods
I INTRODUCTION TO MULTIMEDIA 12
II DEFINING OBJECTS FOR MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS 12
III MULTIMEDIA DATA AND STANDARDS 13
IV MULTIMEDIA DEVICES AND MAKING MULTIMEDIA 13
V MULTIMEDIA DESIGN, MULTIMEDIA FOR INTERNET 12
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 75

RATIONALE
The exponential growth of Engineering and Technology particularly information and
communications engineering has benefited the day-today life of entire mankind in all respects. The
research and developments are continually happening in this field to fine tune and improve the field
particularly also in multimedia which directly or indirectly has impact on every man’s daily life. As
such the introduction of current and future trends and technology of multimedia systems would
strengthen the knowledge and skills of engineering community in taking one-step further the
prosperity of mankind.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 181


OBJECTIVES
At the end of the course the students will be able to:
 Understand the relevance and underlining infrastructure of multimedia system.
 Analyze instructional and informational media (audio/ visual materials, web based materials,
games and simulations etc) applied with multimedia techniques.
 Acquire knowledge about multimedia software tools.
 Understand the multimedia systems components, evolving technologies and fundamental
elements of any multimedia system.
 Acquire knowledge about the fundamentals of handling multimedia data, compression /
decompression and various media file formats.
 Understand the underlying principles of processing various multimedia data.
 Understand the working principles of various multimedia input–output devices.
 Gain knowledge about various multimedia related standards.
 Understand the design and development process of multimedia projects.
 Understand the technologies of multimedia used in Internet and its applications.

DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO MULTIMEDIA …… 12 PERIODS

1.1 Introduction: Definition of multimedia – Multimedia Basics – Where to use


Multimedia – Multimedia Elements – Applications – Virtual Reality – Delivering 3 Per
Multimedia.
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W5ftwW5iJ0Y for history of multimedia)
1.2. Multimedia Systems Architecture: Multimedia Workstation Architecture – High
resolution Graphic displays – Multimedia Architecture Based on interface bus – 2 Per
Network architecture for Multimedia systems.
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fn8PhlssrdQ for multimedia architecture)
1.3. Evolving Technologies For Multimedia Systems: Hypermedia Documents – Hypertext
– Hyper Speech – HDTV and UDTV – 3D Technologies and Holography – Fuzzy Logic 2 Per
and Digital Signal Processing.
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QggTbCRdDKM for multimedia technologies)

1.4. Defining Objects for Multimedia System: Text – Images – Audio and Voice – Full –
Motion and Live Video – Multimedia Data Interface Standards – File formats for 2 Per
multimedia systems – Video processing standards

(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/2VTYbwlQOxA for Objects in multimedia systems)

1.5 Multimedia Software: Overview of Multimedia Software Tools, Open Source


Replacements – Multimedia Authoring – Some Useful Editing and Authoring Tools –
3 Per
VRML – OpenGL - Windows and Open Source API – Photoshop tools – flash script –
DVD authoring tool – Ripper tools – Art of Illusion – Animator – Aladdin4D.

(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/b7nbO2fD54U for Objects in multimedia Software)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 182


UNIT II DEFINING OBJECTS FOR MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS …… 12 PERIODS
2.1. TEXT: About Fonts and Faces – Using Text in Multimedia – Hypermedia and Hypertext
2 Per
-Using Hypertext – Hypermedia Structures – Hypertext Tools.
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_3P-47g-t6o for multimedia text)
2.2. Environments and tools: Bitmap Vs vector graphics – Image Vs Movie – Conventional
3 Per
Animation Vs Flash animation – Concept of frame Rate and Resolution – PAL – NTSC
and film standards.
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/1UYbE_8saeE for Bitmap vs Vector images)
2.3. Sound : The Power of Sound – Digital Audio – Making Digital Audio Files – MIDI Audio
– MIDI vs. Digital Audio – Multimedia System Sounds – Adding Sound to Your 2 Per
Multimedia Project – Audio Recording – Keeping Track of Your Sounds, Audio CDs,
Sound for Your Mobile – Sound for the Internet.

(Refer web link https : //www.youtube.com/watch?v=zDjkhdUPJ74 for multimedia sound)


2.4. Animation: Animation basics-Timeline – Frame And Key Frames – Creating a basic
Text Animation – Creating And Manipulating Animations – Creating a basic Frame –
3 Per
By – Frame Animation – Using Onion Skin To Modify An Animation – Using Shape
Tweening And Hinting – Using Motion Tweening – Mask Animation- GPU.
(Refer web link https : //www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jz9WrbELGYA for multimedia animation)
2.5 Video: Using Video – How Video Works and Is Displayed – Analog Video – Digital
Video, Displays – Digital Video Containers – Codec, Video Format Converters – 2 Per
Obtaining Video Clips – Shooting and Editing Video.

(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_iCplZZEeOk for video creation)


UNIT III MULTIMEDIA DATA AND STANDARDS ………. 13 PERIODS
3.1. Data Compression: Need for Data compression -General Data compression Scheme –
Compression standards – Non-lossy compression for images – Lossy compression for 3 Per
Photographs and video – Hardware Vs Software Compression.
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TrRg0xa4JQA for image compression)
3.2. Compression Schemes and standards: Binary image compression – Color – Gray
Scale and Still-video image compression – JPEG – Video image compression –
Multimedia Standards for Video – Requirements for Full-motion Video Compression 3 Per
– MPEG, Audio compression, Fractal compression, advantages / disadvantages (Only
Concepts).
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qtBvs4CXL0U for compression techniques)
3.3. Data and File Format Standards: Popular File Formats – RTF – RIFF – GIF – PNG –
TIFF – MIDI – JPEG – JFIF – AVI – WAV – BMP – WMF – MIX – MPEG standards. 2 Per
TWAIN.
(Refer Web link : https://youtu.be/ge3NZM7_F9w for File formats)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 183


3.4 Multimedia Databases: Storage and Retrieval – Database Management systems –
2 Per
Database Organization and Transaction management for multimedia systems.
(Refer Web link : https://youtu.be/nO36G663Zww for multimedia databases)
3.5 Multimedia Information Sharing and Retrieval: Social Media Sharing User –
Generated Media Content Sharing – Media Propagation in Online Social Networks – 3 Per
Content-Based Retrieval in Digital Libraries
(Refer Web link : https://youtu.be/Kuws9W-4TDY for multimedia information retrieval)
UNIT IV MULTIMEDIA DEVICES AND MAKING MULTIMEDIA ……. 13 PERIODS
4.1. Multimedia input/output Technologies: Limitations of Traditional input devices –
Multimedia input output devices – PEN input – Working of Electronic Pen – Video and
3 Per
image display systems – Video display technology standards – CRT, display
terminology – Flat panel display system.
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cSsnL14LXKc for multimedia devices)
4.2. Print Output, image, audio and video Technologies: Comparison of printing
technologies – Laser printing – Dye sublimation printer – Color printing technology
issues – Image scanners – types – Digital voice and audio – Voice recognition systems 3 Per
– Digital Camera – Video frame grabber – Video and still image processing – video
camera – full-motion video controllers.
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=airHOjHARO0 for video Technologies)
4.3 Making Multimedia: The Stages of a Multimedia Project – Creativity – Organization
–Communication – Hardware – Software – Text Editing and Word Processing Tools –
OCR Software – Painting and Drawing Tools – 3-D Modeling and Animation Tools – 4 Per
Image-Editing Tools – Sound-Editing Tools – Animation – Video and Digital Movie
Tools – Authoring Systems – Making Instant Multimedia -Types of Authoring Tools.
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1yJgDTcuaOo for 3d modeling)

4.4 Multimedia Skills: The Team – Project Manager – Multimedia Designer – Interface
Designer – Writer, Video Specialist – Audio Specialist – Multimedia Programmer – 3 Per
Producer of Multimedia for the Web.
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_OaeTyHeso4 for multimedia skills)
UNIT – V MULTIMEDIA DESIGN, MULTIMEDIA FOR INTERNET …….. 12 PERIODS
5.1. Designing and Producing: Designing – Designing the Structure – Designing the User
3 Per
Interface – Producing – Tracking – Copyrights -Virtual reality designing and modeling.

(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qQvADA1JGV for virtual reality)


5.2. The Internet and Multimedia: The Bandwidth Bottleneck, Internet Services – MIME-
Types, Multimedia on the Web – Web Page Makers and Site Builders – Plug-ins and 3 Per
Delivery Vehicles.
(Refer Web link : https://youtu.be/BHzkO1jaL7Y for multimedia on the web)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 184


5.3. Designing for the World Wide Web: Developing for the Web, Small-Device
Workspace – Text and images for the Web – Clickable Buttons – Client-Side Image
3 Per
Maps, Sound for the Web – Animation for the Web – Video for the Web – HTML5
Video – Plug-ins and Players.
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nzV1NmhC7ik html 5)
5.4 Multimedia Communication and applications: Study of Multimedia networking –
Media Entertainment, Web-based applications, e-learning and education- Cloud 3 Per
Computing for Multimedia Services – Cloud-Assisted Media Sharing.
(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QYQ0I1mvFDE for e-learning)

LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES


I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time
applications
1. Dream Effects Multimedia & IT Solutions Zach’s Enclave, Basement, Door No: A-3, New
No.45, 2nd Avenue, Anna Nagar East, Chennai – 2
2. CGM MEDIA 85/1 Vasathavanath, MG Road, New Fairlands, Salem -6
3. Media Wonderz Multimedia Solutions 34, 1st Floor, Saraswathi Towers,10th Street,
Gandhipuram, Coimbatore – 2
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and
as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

II. SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics in association with the IE(I)/ISTE and
the students’ Technical Association of Computer Engineering Programme.
1. Advanced level of animation techniques.
2. Tweening and Hinting

III. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE


 Software: Microsoft windows operating system from xp/vista 7/8, Adobe flash 4.0 or higher
version, Adobe Photoshop CS% or higher version, flash compatible browsers
 Multimedia Introduction: http://www.codecademy.com/learn
 Multimedia tools: http://www.photoshopessentials.com
 Fundamentals of multimedia: http://www.adobeknowhow.com
 Multimedia animation video: http://www.thefreecountry.com/webmaster/flash.shtml

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 185


TEXT BOOKS
YEAR OF
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING /
EDITION
Multimedia: Making It Tata McGraw Hill Ltd, Eighth Edition
1. Tay Vaughan
Work New Delhi 2010
Fundamental of Ze-Nian Li and M. PHI Learning Pvt Ltd Indian Reprint
2.
Multimedia S. Drew New Delhi 2011

Multimedia Systems Prabhatk.Andleigh, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd Indian reprint


3.
Design Kiran Thakra, New Delhi 2011

Multimedia Technology Galgotia Publications Pvt Second Edition


4. David Hillman
and Applications Ltd. 2001

John F.Koegel Pearson Education, Ninth


5. Multimedia Systems
Buford United States Impression 2012

REFERENCE BOOKS

YEAR OF
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING /
EDITION

Computer Graphics
Second edition
1. Multimedia and Malay K. Pakhira PHI , New Delhi
2010
Animation

2. Principals of Multimedia Ranjan Parekh TMGH, New Delhi Twelfth Reprint

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 186


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)

DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING

Multimedia Systems
Model Question Paper – I
Year / Sem : III / VI Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7313 Time : 3 Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. What is multimedia? Write the usage of multimedia in business.
2. Define sound and it characteristics.
3. Define delta frame animation.
4. What is RIFF and draw the format?
5. Define digital camera and its advantage.
6 State the advantages and disadvantages of PNG.
7. What is documentation?
8. What is meant by Rigging?

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. What is Digital Signal processing and state its applications?
10. Differentiate vector images and bitmap images.
11. Write video container formats with explanation.
12. What are the techniques used in the audio compression?
13. What is image scanner? List out the types.
14. Explain the user interface designing.
15. Describe plugin and players.
16. Is it possible to have a lossless compression over a still image using jpeg standard? Explain.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 187


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. Explain about multimedia system Architecture 10
(OR)
B.(i) List out the multimedia software tools and explain. 5
(ii) Write about digital signal processing. 5

18. A. Explain about hypermedia structure and hypertext tools in multimedia applications. 10
(OR)
B.(i) Explain how video works. 5
(ii) Discuss some of the general principles and factors that apply to creating computer 5
animations for multimedia presentations.

19. A. Explain about lossy and Non- lossy compression Schemes. 10


(OR)
B.(i) Write about storage and retrieval methods. 5
(ii) Explain DBMS for multimedia. 5

20. A. Explain in detail about the flat-panel display system and function of CRT. 10
(OR)
B.(i) Discuss Time based and Object Oriented Authoring Tools. 5
(ii) What are the roles of the members in a multimedia team? 5

21. A. Write about the Bandwidth, Bottleneck and Internet Services. 10


(OR)
B.(i) Explain about multimedia services in cloud computing. 5
(ii) Explain in detail-Designing multimedia for the worldwide web. 5

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 188


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)

DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING

Multimedia Systems
Model Question Paper - II
Year / Sem : III / VI Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7313 Time : 3 Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. What is fuzzy logic?
2. Differentiate visible images and non-visible images.
3. What is the function of a Quatizer?
4. What is histogram stretching and shrinking?
5. Define flugin and its types.
6 What is CBT and the usage?
7. State about the 2D and 3D modeling.
8. What is SVG & how it is different from VML?

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. What is hologram and holography?
10. What do you mean by digitalized sound and how to calculate audio file size?
11. Write any four differences between inkjet printer and laser printer.
12. Draw the architecture of video capture board.
13. List the advantages of DVD in multimedia.
14. Define TWAIN. List the layers of TWAIN Architecture.
15. What are the processes includes in testing?
16. Explain about 3-level Hierarchical JPEG Encoder.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 189


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. Explain about multimedia applications and usage. 10
(OR)
B.(i) Explain in detail about 3D and holography. 5
(ii) Summarize the network architecture of multimedia systems. 5

18. A. Discuss about the multimedia system sounds. 10


(OR)
B.(i) Explain the computer animation techniques 5
(ii) Explain Content-Based Retrieval in Digital Libraries. 5

19. A. Write the requirements for full-motion video compression and audio compression. 10
(OR)
B.(i) Explain the function of video capture board. 5
(ii) Illustrate the concept of content based retrieval in digital libraries. 5

20. A. Explain about the video grabber and its types 10


(OR)
B.(i) What is Dye Sublimation Printer? Explain the working principle of Dye Sublimation 5
printer.
(ii) Explain the information characteristics necessary for making a presentation. 5

21. A. Discuss about virtual reality designing and modeling. 10


(OR)
B.(i) Explain web page makers & site builders. 5
(ii) Write about testing of multimedia products. 5

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 190


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester : VI
Course Code : 15O - 7402A
Course Name : CLOUD COMPUTING

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Cloud
6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
Computing

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS


Unit No. Topics No. of Periods
I BASICS OF CLOUD COMPUTING 14
II CLOUD ARCHITECTURE, SERVICES AND APPLICATIONS 15
III VIRTUALIZATION 15
IV STORAGE MANAGEMENT 16
V CLOUD SECURITY,OPENSTACK AND EUCALYPTUS 17
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 90

RATIONALE
The course aims to groom the students to enable them to work on current technology scenarios as
well as to prepare them to keep pace with the changing face of technology and the requirements of
the growing IT industry. The course curriculum has been designed keeping in view the emerging
trends in advanced computing as well as contemporary and futuristic human resource requirements
of the IT industry.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 191


OBJECTIVES
At the end of the course the students will be able to:
• Understand an overview of the basic concepts of cloud Computing
• Will be able to advantages of deploying cloud computing;
• Know the practical adoption of cloud deployment through real life case studies.
• Know the Advantages and limitations of cloud Computing
 Analyze the benefits of Cloud computing
• Understand Cloud architecture, Cloud services and benefits
• Understand the concepts of Virtualization and its tools
 Analyze the role of technology in the design of a storage solution in a cloud architecture
 Identify how a global storage solution can be optimized
 Understand about Storage Area Networks and Network Attached Storage
 Understand the security management in cloud, OpenStack and Eucalyptus
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT-I BASICS OF CLOUD COMPUTING ………. 14 PERIODS
1.1 Cloud computing overview: Origins of Cloud computing – Cloud components –
Essential characteristics – on-demand self-service , Broad network access , Location 4 Per
independent resource pooling , Rapid elasticity , measured service
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/IAKOUDfYXTw for Cloud computing overview)
1.2. Architectural influences: High-performance computing , utility and enterprise
computing, grid computing, Autonomic computing, Service consolidation, Horizontal 4 Per
scaling , Web services, High scalability architecture
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/IAKOUDfYXTw for Architectural influences)
1.3. Cloud scenarios: Benefits and Disadvantages of cloud computing – scalability,
2 Per
simplicity, vendors , security
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/gz61UCyNsHA for Cloud scenarios)
1.4. Limitations: Sensitive information, Application development – Security concerns -
2 Per
privacy concern with a third party, security level of third party, security benefits
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/ToaE1QDJQMY for Limitations)
1.5. Accessing the role of open standards: Challenges and risks – Regularity issues –
2 Per
Government policies
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/ExH16oxR9kM for Accessing the role of open standards)
UNIT-II CLOUD ARCHITECTURE, SERVICES AND APPLICATIONS ………. 15 PERIODS
2.1 Cloud architecture: Cloud delivery model – SPI framework , SPI evolution , SPI vs.
Traditional IT Model , Cloud Delivery Model: Infrastructure as a Service, Platform as
4 Per
a Service, Using PaaS Application Frameworks, Software as a Service, Saas vs. Paas,
Identity as a Service, Compliance as a Service
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/sNLhh9OyDj8 for Cloud architecture)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 192


2.2. Software as a Service (SaaS): SaaS service providers – Web Services – Web2.0 –
Web Operating system – Google App Engine, Salesforce.com and Google platform 3 Per
– Benefits – Operational benefits, Economic benefits – Evaluating SaaS
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/47HcG-grg1E for SaaS)
2.3. Platform as a Service ( PaaS ): Cloud Plat form & Management – Computation &
Storage – PaaS service providers – Right Scale – Salesforce.com – Rackspace – 3 Per
Force.com – services and benefits
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/lcIEBTBmtcI for PaaS)
2.4. Infrastructure as a Service ( IaaS): IaaS service providers – Amazon EC2 , GoGrid –
Microsoft soft implementation and support – Amazon EC service level agreement – 3 Per
recent developments – benefits
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/GCGLYMeh75Y for IaaS)
2.5. Cloud deployment model : Public clouds – Private clouds – Community clouds –
2 Per
Hybrid clouds – Advantages of Cloud computing
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/JhLfhq8JAEo for Cloud deployment model)
UNIT-III VIRTUALIZATION ………. 15 PERIODS
3.1 Virtualization : Virtualization and cloud computing – Need of virtualization – cost ,
administration , fast deployment , reduce infrastructure cost – Limitations 3 Per

(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/_fGrYN5rxhs for Virtualization)


3.2. Types of hardware virtualization: Full virtualization , Partial virtualization, Para
4 Per
virtualization
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/u5cbzTnzwy4 for Types of hardware virtualization)
3.3. Desktop virtualization – Software virtualization – Memory virtualization – storage
4 hr
virtualization – data virtualization – network virtualization
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/Q_0FV1VnmDM for Desktop virtualization)
3.4. Microsoft Implementation – Microsoft Hyper V–VMware features and
infrastructure – Virtual Box – Thin client 4 Per

(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/AwfEgPnOBow for Microsoft Implementation)


UNIT-IV STORAGE MANAGEMENT ………. 16 PERIODS
4.1 Working with Cloud-Based Storage: Measuring the Digital Universe, Cloud storage
in the Digital Universe, Cloud storage definition – Provisioning Cloud Storage:
4 Per
Unmanaged Vs Managed cloud storage, Creating cloud storage systems, Virtual
storage containers
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/vFmadKerDD8 for Working with Cloud-Based Storage)
4.2. Exploring Cloud Backup Solutions: Backup types, Cloud backup features, Cloud
attached backup – Cloud Storage Interoperability – Cloud Data Management 5 Per
Interface (CDMI), Open Cloud Computing Interface (OCCI)
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/2vAzP5yegJE for Exploring Cloud Backup Solutions)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 193


4.4 Storage Network: Architecture of storage, analysis and planning, Storage network
3 Per
design considerations
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/HWM7CcIniUk for Storage Network)
4.5 NAS and FC SANs, hybrid storage networking technologies (ISCSI, FCIP, FCoE),
4 Per
design for storage virtualization in cloud computing
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/Q_0FV1VnmDM for hybrid storage networking technologies)
UNIT-V CLOUD SECURITY,OPENSTACK AND EUCALPYTUS ………. 17 PERIODS
5.1 Understanding Cloud Security: Securing the Cloud – Security service boundary
– CSA Cloud Reference Model – Securing Data – Brokered cloud storage access – 5 Per
Storage location and tenancy – Encryption
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/rei30obkaBc for Understanding Cloud Security)
5.2. Cloud Security: Cloud Computing Security Challenges – Security Policy
Implementation – Policy Types – Virtualization Security Management – Virtual 3 Per
Threats
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/L-cC-JjYos0 for Cloud Security)
5.3 Open Stack : Introduction – Open stack Architecture – Functions and Features
–Components of Open Stack Compute – Image Management – Instance
4 Per
Management – Storage Management – Network Management – Security – Open
Stack Commands
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/Qz5gyDenqTI for Open Stack)
5.4 Eucalyptus: Introduction – Components – Web Interface –Image Management –
Instance Management – Storage Management – Networking – Security – Eucalyptus 5 Per
Commands
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/YRUlroFpEDo?list=PLFifP_HeKxFmiF2MHVl9sPjmMrNfQVIrJ for
Eucalyptus)
LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time
applications

1. Collabra Technologies Pvt. Ltd – Bangalore


2. ERP Logics – Ramakrishna road Salem – 7
3. Cloud Swan Solutions – PN Palayam CBE - 37
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and
as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

II. SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics in association with the IE(I)/ISTE and
the students’ Technical Association of Computer Engineering Programme.
1. Virtualization
2. Cloud storage
3. Cloud Security

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 194


III. CASE STUDIES
Case study on the following
1. Microsoft Azure
2. Amazon EC2
3. Google
IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE
 www.nptel.ac.in
 www.wikipedia.org
 www.justcloud.com
 https://sourceforge.net/projects/eucalyptus [Eucalyptus cloud projects free download]
 https://www.openstack.org/software [OpenStack cloud projects free download]

REFERENCEBOOKS
YEAR OF
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER
PUBLISHING/EDITION
Anthony T. Velte,
Cloud Computing A Toby
1. TMGH, New Delhi First Edition 2010
practical Approach J.Velte,Robert
Elsenpeter
Cloud Computing Wiley Publishing,
2. Barrie Sosinsky First Edition 2010
Bible Inc, New Delhi
CLOUD SECURITY: A
Ronald L.
Comprehensive WileyPublishing, Inc,
3. KrutzRussell Dean First Edition 2010
Guide to Secure New Delhi
Vines
Cloud Computing
Atul Jha Johnson
OpenStack
4. D Kiran Murari CSS Corp, New Delhi Version 3.0 2012
Beginners Guide
Murthy Raju
Johnson D, Kiran
Murari, Murthy
Eucalyptus
5. Raju CSS Corp, New Delhi Version 1.0 2010
Beginners Guide
Suseendran RB,
Yogesh Girikumar

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 195


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)

DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING

Cloud Computing
Model Question Paper – I
Year / Sem : III / VI Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7402 A Time : 3 Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. Define cloud Computing and list down any four cloud components.

2. List down any four benefits of cloud computing.

3. State any four differences between SPI and Traditional IT.

4. Mention the four types of cloud deployment models.

5. What is virtualization? And mention the two types of virtualization.

6 With an example state the technique behind data virtualization.

7. List down any four differences between managed and Unmanaged cloud storage.

8. Write down the command in Eucalyptus to describe the image attribute.

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. In brief explain about any three essential characteristics of cloud computing.

10. List any six disadvantages of cloud computing.

11. State any six differences between SaaS and PaaS

12. What is a public cloud? Mention two public cloud providers.

13. What is hardware virtualization? List the three types of hardware virtualization.

14. What is a thin client? Mention any four benefits of using it.

15. List any three backup types and also mention any three backup features

16. What is the use of openstack cloud? Write the command to install open stack dashboard

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 196


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. (i) Discuss about any 2 architectural influence of cloud computing. 5
(ii) Define the term scalability and briefly explain the two types of scalability. 5
(OR)
B. Explain the need to access the role of open standards in cloud and write about the 10
Government policies for standardizing cloud computing.

18. A. With neat diagram elaborate the working of :


(i) Identity as a Service 5
(ii) Compliance as a service 5
(OR)
B. What is PaaS? Explain its computation & storage and also list down its services and 10
benefits.

19. A.(i) Illustrate the concept of Full virtualization. 5


(ii) Partial virtualization. Draw diagrams wherever necessary. 5
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about any two virtualization techniques and also quote the real time 10
application

20. A. Write in detail about :


(i) Cloud Data Management Interface (CDMI) 5
(ii) Open Cloud Computing Interface (OCCI) 5
(OR)
B. What is hybrid storage networking? Explain any two technologies of hybrid networking. 10

21. A. (i) Explain about brokered cloud storage. 5


(ii) Explain in detail about the CSA Cloud reference model. 5
(OR)
B. Elaborate the concept of Open stack cloud architecture and also mention its function 10
and features.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 197


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING

Cloud Computing
Model Question Paper - II
Year / Sem : III / VI Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7402 A Time : 3 Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. Write down any four essential characteristics of cloud computing.
2. What is scalability? Mention two types of scalability.
3. List down any four operational benefits of SaaS?
4. What is the need for SLA? List any two conditions mentioned in Amazon EC2 SLA
5. Define the term hardware virtualization and list down any two types of hardware virtualization.
6 Mention any four benefits of using virtual box.
7. What are the virtual threats in cloud computing?
8. Write down the 10 steps involved in bundling Windows image to Eucalyptus

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. Explain about any three architectural influences of cloud computing.
10. Give a concise explanation on the Government policies imposed on cloud computing.
11. What is Paas? What are the services and benefits of PaaS?
12. State any three advantages of cloud computing
13. What is full virtualization? State any three successful purpose of using it.
14. In brief explain about i) Storage virtualization ii) Network virtualization.
15. List down the components that make the eucalyptus cloud.
16. Mention any six differences between NAS and SAN.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 198


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. (i) Explain about any two Cloud components and list any three benefits of each 5
component
(ii) Discuss about the challenges and risks involved in accessing the open standards. 5
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about Platform as a Service and its services & benefits. 10

18. A. (i) With a neat diagram explain the cloud architecture. 5


(ii) List down any ten differences between SPI and Traditional IT. 5
(OR)
B. Summarize the concept of Amazon EC2 its services and list out any five benefits. 10

19. A. (i) Explain in detail about Micro soft Hyper-V and its benefits. 5
(ii) With a neat diagram explain the technique behind memory virtualization. 5
(OR)
B. Discuss about any two types of hardware virtualization. 10

20. A. (i) Give explanation about virtual storage containers. 5


(ii) What do you mean by cloud storage interoperability? Explain in detail 5
(OR)
B. What is SAN? Explain the architecture and design considerations of SAN. 10

21. A. (i) Write about the image management in eucalyptus cloud. 5


(ii) Explain the web interface in eucalyptus cloud. 5
(OR)
B. Write about the challenges, security policy and policy types in cloud security. 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 199


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester : VI
Course Code : 15O – 7402B
Course Name : MOBILE COMPUTING AND APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Mobile
Computing and
6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
Application
Development

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS


Unit No. Topics No. of Periods
I INTRODUCTION TO MOBILE COMPUTING,WIFI AND BLUETOOTH 15
II INTRODUCTION TO GSM,SMS,GPRS AND MOBILE OS 15
III INTRODUCTION TO ANDROID 17
IV VIEWS 14
V LOCATION BASED SERVICE AND SQLITE 16
INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09
TOTAL 90

RATIONALE
Knowing the details of Mobile and their working principle are need of the every common man.
Mobile Application development is the very hot business domain. Majority of the corporate have
a separate division for the development of mobile applications. It is imperative that students must
know the way to apply advanced data communicating methods and networking protocols
for wireless and mobile devices. Students must utilize and employ application frameworks for
developing mobile applications including under disconnected and weakly connected environment
They should be in a position to select components and networks for particular application, creatively
analyze mobile and wireless networks and critically analyze security issues of mobile and wireless
computing systems.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 200


OBJECTIVES
At the end of the course the students will be able to:
 Learn the characteristics, basic concepts and systems issues in mobile Computing
 Illustrate architecture and protocols in Mobile computing and to identify the trends and
latest development of the technologies in the area
 Understand the network protocols governing the mobile communication
 Know the different kinds of mobile OS prevailing in the market
 Know Android OS in detail
 Understand the components of a Mobile App.
 Gain practical experience in the area through the development of Mobile apps
 Design successful mobile computing applications and services
 Evaluate critical design tradeoffs associated with different mobile technologies,
architectures, interfaces and business models and how they impact the usability, security,
privacy and commercial viability of mobile and pervasive computing services and
applications.

DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT – I INTRODUCTION TO MOBILE COMPUTING, WIFI AND BLUETOOTH ….. 15 PERIODS
1.1 Introduction : Evolution of Mobile Computing – Important terminologies – Mobile
computing functions – Mobile computing Devices – Characteristics of Mobile
Communication – Networks: Wirleline, Wireless, Adhoc – Comparison of wired and 5 Per
wireless mechanism- Various types of wireless communication technologies used in
Mobiles, Antennas
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cBzagZcLAyQ for mobile computing)
1.2. Architecture : Architecture of Mobile Computing – 3-Tier Architecture – Presentation
( Tier-1), Application ( Tier -2), Data ( Tier – 3) 3 Per

(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TprvPwxamiQ\ for architecture)


1.3 Security: Security Concern Related to Mobile Computing – Mobile IP – Mobile
5 Per
computing through Telephony: Evolution through telephony
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=87L2Lir8sco for Security)
1.4 Wireless LAN: Introduction – Definition – Applications of WLAN – infrared versus
radio transmission – Features of WiFi and WiMax – Bluetooth: Introduction and 2 Per
application
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pp5AQSDBGRs for Wireless LAN)
UNIT – II INTRODUCTION TO GSM,SMS,GPRS AND MOBILE OS …. 15 PERIODS
2.1. Global System for Mobile Communication ( GSM): Introduction – GSM Architecture –
6 Per
GSM Entities ( Basics only)- Introduction to CDMA
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pp5AQSDBGRs for GSM)
2.2. Short Message Service ( SMS): Mobile computing over SMS – Short Message Service –
Strength of SMS – SMS Architecture – Value added services through SMS – VAS 2 Per
Examples
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aAmMd8Tdfho for SMS)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 201


2.3. General Packet Radio Service (GPRS): Introduction – GPRS Packet data Network:
Capacity and Other End user aspects – Quality of Service(QoS) , Integral part of the
future 3G systems – GPRS Network Architecture – GPRS Networks Enhancements – 4 Per
Applications for GPRS : Generic Applications, GPRS Specific Applications – Limitations
of GPRS – Features of 3G and 4G Data Service.
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QaBB-2riWJ0 for GPRS)
2.4 Mobile Operating Systems: Evaluation of Mobile Operating System – Handset
Manufactures and their Mobile OS – Mobile OS and their features. Linux Kernel based 3 Per
Mobile OS
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PLjld-edVj8 for Mobile Operating Systems)
UNIT – III INTRODUCTION TO ANDROID …… 17 PERIODS
3.1. ANDROID: Android Versions – Features of Android – Architecture of Android –
Android Market – Android Runtime (Dalvik Virtual Machine) – Introduction to Google 5 Per
Play Store.
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SMRxAGYYkdU for android)
3.2. ANDROID SDK & ADT: Android SDK – Android Development Tool(ADT) – Installing and
Configuring Android – Android Virtual Device(AVD) 3 Per

(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yr76tTE7eIY for SDK & ADT)


3.3 ACTIVITIES & INTENTS: Understanding Activities – Linking activities and indents –
Calling built-in applications using intents – Fragments Displaying Notifications. 5 Per

(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oh3jbkMZZJg for activities & intents)


3.4 USER INTERFACE: Views and View groups – Layouts – Display Orientation – Action Bar
– Listening for UI Notifications. 4 Per

(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/0l3c1aNP3Og for user interface)


UNIT – IV VIEWS …… 14 PERIODS
Basic Views :Text view, Button, Image Button, Edit Text, check Box, Toggle Button,
4.1. 4 Per
Radio Button and Radio Group Views, Progress Bar View, Auto Complete Text View
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/bCtGEOhukko for Basic Views)
Advanced Views : Time Picker View and Date Picker View – List Views –Image
4.2. 3 Per
View – Menus –Analog and Digital View – Dialog Boxes
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/ZGsduXGWzbE for Advanced Views)
Displaying Pictures & Menus with Views: Image View – Gallery View –
4.3. Image Switcher – Grid View – Creating the Helper Methods – Options Menu – 5 Per
Context Menu
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/C5uJ58qJETM for Displaying Pictures)
4.4 SMS, Phone: Sending SMS – Receiving SMS – Making phone call 2 Per
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aFgEPAzgBpA for SMS & Phone)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 202


UNIT – V LOCATION BASED SERVICE AND SQLITE …. 16 PERIODS
5.1 Location Based Services : Obtaining the Maps API Key-Displaying the Map – Zoom
Control – Navigating to a specific location – Adding Marker – Geo Coding and 4 Per
reverse Geo coding
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dR448ULXHHE for Location Based Services)
5.2 Content Provider : Sharing data – view contacts – Add contacts – Modify contacts –
2 Per
Delete Contacts
(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YKdoMlGqCw0 for Content Provider)
5.3. Storage : Store and Retire data’s in Internal and External Storage – SQLite -
6 Per
Creating and using databases
(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/c7PlYl1gJSE for Storage)
5.4. Android Service : Consuming Web service using HTTP , downloading binary Data –
Downloading Text Content – Accessing Web Service 4 Per

(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/6dlSp4X7aIk for Android Service)

LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES


I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS
Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time
applications
1. Supreme Technologies, Chennai
2. Thincode Software Solutions Pvt.,Ltd., Salem
Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and
as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

II. SEMINARS
Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics in association with the IE(I)/ISTE and
the students’ Technical Association of Computer Engineering Programme.
1. Different mobile technology
2. Google Play Store
3. Android Versions

III. CASE STUDIES


Case study on the following
1. Design simple GUI
2. Prepare comparison of technical features of different mobile communication Technologies
being used Idea, Vodafone, etc
IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE
 http://www.tutorialspoint.com/android/
 Developer.android.com/training/basics/firstapp
 www.telerik.com/android-development
 www.appmakr.com/Android

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 203


TEXT BOOKS
YEAR OF
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING/
EDITION
Asoke K Talukder,
Second Edition
1. Mobile Computing Hasan Ahmed, TMGH, New Delhi
2011
Roopa R Yavagal
Pearson
Fourth Indian
2. Mobile communications Jochenschiller Education, New
Reprint 2005
Delhi.
PHI Learning
SipraDasbitBiplab First Edition
3. Mobile Computing Private Ltd , New
K. Sikdar 2009
Delhi

REFERENCE BOOKS
YEAR OF
S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING/
EDITION
1. Mobile Computing Raj Kamal OXFORD First Edition 2003

2. Wireless Communication William Stallings PHI , New Delhi First Edition 2002
and Networks

Wireless Communications Third reprint


3. and Networks – 3 G and ITI SahaMisra TMGH, New Delhi
Beyond 2011

Wireless and Mobile Dr.SunilkumarS.M


anvi and First Edition 2010
4. Networks Concepts and MahabaleshwarS. Wiley Publisher
protocols Reprint 2011
Kakkasageri

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 204


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)

DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING

Mobile Computing and Application Development


Model Question Paper – I
Year / Sem : III / VI Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7402 B Time : 3 Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. Define “Mobile computing” and “Mobile IP”.

2. Give any four applications of WLAN.

3. What are the capacity and other end user aspects of GPRS?

4. What are the uses of GSM?

5. What do you mean by ADT?

6 Write down any four basic views in mobile computing.

7. What do you understand by the term Geo Coding and reverse Geo coding?

8. State Mobile OS and their features.

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. What are the important terminologies and functions of mobile computing?

10. Distinguish between Infrared vs Radio Transmission

11. Explain about SMS Architecture.

12. What do you understand by the word Google Play Store?

13. How will you display Pictures and Menus with Views?

14. Explain the procedure for retrieving the data in external storage.

15. Enumerate about SQLite.

16. Write any six features of Wi-Fi and WiMax.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 205


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. (i) Explain about security concern related to mobile computing. 5
(ii) List down the applications of Bluetooth and explain any one. 5
(OR)
B. Discuss about 3-Tier architecture with a neat diagram. 10

18. A. (i) With a neat diagram in detail explain about GPRS network Architecture. 5
(ii) What are the limitations of GPRS? Explain. 5
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about GSM Architecture briefly with a neat diagram. 10

19. A. (i) What are the features of Android? 5


(ii) Summarize the concept of AVD. 5
(OR)
B. How will you link and call built-in applications using intents? Discuss 10

20. A. (i) With an example, explain about progress bar view. 5


(ii) How will you design dialog boxes in advanced views? 5
(OR)
B. With an example, in detail explain about sending and receiving SMS. 10

21. A. (i) Explain about obtaining the maps API Key. 5


(ii) Define the term content Provider and explain briefly. 5
(OR)
B. Illustrate the SQLite by creating and using databases with an example. 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 206


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005
(Autonomous Institution)

DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING

Mobile Computing and Application Development


Model Question Paper – II
Year / Sem : III / VI Max. Marks : 75
Code: 15O-7402 B Time : 3 Hrs
PART-A (5 x 2 = 10 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
1. Define Wireless LAN and write down any one application of Wireless LAN.

2. What is meant by Mobile IP?

3. Expand SMS and QoS.

4. What are different versions available in Android?

5. What is meant by text view?

6 List some of the basic views in mobile computing.

7. How will you download binary data in android services?

8. Define GSM and write down any two uses.

PART-B (5 x 3 = 15 Marks)
Note: Answer any FIVE questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory.
All questions carry equal marks.
9. What are the characteristics of Mobile Communications?

10. Give any six comparisons on wired and wireless mechanism.

11. Explain any one application of GPRS.

12. Explain about Mobile OS.

13. Discuss about Android Development Tool.

14. How will you create helper methods?

15. Explain about Android Services.

16. List out the different advanced views and explain any one.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 207


PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 Marks)
Note: (i) Answer all the questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of each question.
(ii) All questions carry equal marks.
17. A. (i) What are the various types of wireless communication technologies used in mobile 5
and antennas?
(ii) Explain about Bluetooth and its applications. 5
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about 3-Tier Architecture with a neat diagram. 10

18. A. (i) Draw neat diagram for GSM architecture. 5


(ii) Write any five points on the limitations of GPRS. 5
(OR)
B. Explain about SMS architecture briefly with a neat diagram. 10

19. A. (i) Discuss about Google play store. 5


(ii) With a neat sketch explain about Android Development Tool. 5
(OR)
B. Explain how you will link and call built-in applications using intents. 10

20. A. (i) Discuss about different basic views in short. 5


(ii) How you will design dialog boxes in advanced views? 5
(OR)
B. Explain in detail about creating Helper Methods. 10

21. A. (i) Explain about SQLite while storing data in internal and external memory. 5
(ii) Explain in detail about the web services using HTTP in android Service. 5
(OR)
B. With real time applications explain about Geo coding and reverse Geo coding. 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 208


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester : VI
Course Code : 15O - 7314
Course Name : COMPUTER NETWORKS AND ADMINISTRATION PRACTICAL

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Computer
Networks And
6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
Administration
Practical

OBJECTIVES
At the end of the practical course the students will be able to:
 Know the cabling works.
 Learn how to configure TCP/IP and FTP.
 Know to connect LAN
 Use LAN connection to Share drives and folders.
 Understand how to Install and configure NIC DCHP client and Server.
 Understand how to install windows 2003/2008 server.
 Learn how to configure mail server and router.
 Understand the concepts of active directory services
 Learn how to configure active directory services
 Understand how to Install red hat Linux, RPM and Samba server
 Know to create user and access rights.
 Learn how to configure and troubleshoot the problems of inittab, passw, grub.conf
 Use Linux to configure the TCP/IP

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 209


LAB EXERCISES
PART -A
COMPUTER NETWORKS
1. Do the following Cabling works in a network
a) Cable Crimping b) Standard Cabling c ) Cross Cabling d) IO connector crimping
e) Testing the crimped cable using a cable tester
2. Configure Host IP, Subnet Mask and Default Gateway in a system in LAN (TCP/IP
Configuration). Configure Internet connection and use IPCONFIG, PING / Tracert and
Netstat utilities to debug the network issues
3. Interface two PCs using peer To peer network using connectivity devices – Switch and
Router in a LAN and share the Drives and Folders.
4. Install and Configure Wired and Wireless NIC and transfer files between systems in LAN
and Wireless LAN.
5 Transfer files between systems in LAN using FTP Configuration,
6 Install Print server in a LAN and share the printer in a network.

PART - B
WINDOWS ADMINISTRATION
7. Installation of Windows 2003 / 2008 server.
8. Configure Active Directory Services, create a user and assign permissions using Logon Script
and Group permissions.
9. Install and configure a DHCP server in windows with IP Address ranging from 192.168.1.1
to 192.168.1.100 and configure a DHCP Client
10. Installation and Configuration of Mail Server in windows 2003/2008 server environment.
11 Configure a router to connect two different networks and transfer files between them.

LINUX ADMINISTRATION
12. Installation of Red Hat Linux using Graphical mode.
13. Creating a user in Linux server and assigning rights
14. Linux TCP/IP Network Configuration
15. a. Configuring and Troubleshooting of /etc/inittab.
b. Configuring and Troubleshooting of /etc/passwd
c. Configuring and Troubleshooting of /etc/grub.conf
16. Installation of additional software using RPM and Sharing of data using Samba Server

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 210


SCHEME OF VALUATION

ALLOCATION OF MARKS
Writing syntax and usage of any one Question from PART - A 10 Marks
Writing any one program from PART – B 15 Marks
Executing program (PART – A) 15 Marks
Executing program (PART – B) 20 Marks
Result with printout ( PART – A) 5 Marks
Result with printout ( PART – B) 5 Marks
VIVA – VOCE 5 Marks
TOTAL 75 Marks

S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENT Total Nos


1 Computer with Pentium 36 Nos.
2 Laser Printer 3 Nos.
3 Crimping Tool 5 Nos.
4 Screwdriver set 2 Nos.
5 Modem 5 Nos.
6 Hub 5 Nos.
7 Router 2 Nos.
8 Switch 5 Nos.
9 Network Cables -
10 Pentium Systems with on board Ethernet Card (NIC) 18 Nos
11 Server 1 No

S. No. LIST OF SOFTWARE SUGGESTED


1 Windows Server 2008 / 2013 and LINUX
2 OS Windows XP with service pack

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 211


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester : VI
Course Code : 15O - 7315
Course Name : MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS PRACTICAL

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Course Max. Marks
Periods / Periods / Continuous Semester-End Duration
Total
week Semester Assessment Examinations
Multimedia
Systems 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours
Practical

OBJECTIVES
At the end of the practical course the students will be able to:
 Understand the multimedia software and hardware tools by way of interacting practically.
 Identify the use of multimedia audio/ visual tools, web based tools, games and simulations
etc.
 Acquire knowledge about the working of multimedia software tools and various media
formats.
 Acquire knowledge about the fundamentals of handling multimedia data, compression /
decompression and various media file formats.
 Know how to work practically with the principles of processing various multimedia data.
 Understand how to work practically work with various multimedia input–output devices.
 Know how to work practically get familiar with various multimedia related standards.
 Gain practical understanding of the technologies of multimedia used in Internet and its
applications.

GUIDELINES
 Experiments may be done using either OSS or commercial software giving importance
towards achieving the skill.
 No experiment shall be omitted for Board Practical Examinations.
 Care should be taken that experiments are done with the intended level / depth so that the
student may acquire the skill / knowledge and not to liquidate the objective of the lab by
way of simplifying the experiments.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 212


LAB EXERCISES
1. Use HTML multimedia support to play different audio and video formats in a browser.
2. Use a audio processing Software and perform the audio editing tasks– Import audio, Select
and edit the sound, Create fade-in fade-out effects, Label audio segments, Use noise remove
filter, Mix audio, Change stereo to mono tracks, Export audio to different format and save.
3. Use a video processing Software to perform – Trim video clips, crop video, rotate video, join
video, add subtitles, and edit video dimension, bit rate, frame rate, sample rate, channel, and
video/audio quality tasks on a video.
4. Create a Movie from video clips to demonstrate :- Audio-Video Mixing, Music, Video Effects,
Video Transitions, Titles
5. Create a logo using a 3D modeling software.
6. Create a 3D animation (such as a animated eye) using a 3D modeling software.
7. Create a 2D Animation / cartoon using any 2D software.
8. Use a scanner to create two or more partial scanned images of large poster / photo. Create a
panoramic view of multiple photos by stitching together them using any panorama software.
9. Create an advertisement banner for using it in a web page.
10. Use a DVD ripper for copying the audio and video content of a DVD to a file encoded in AVI,
MP4, MPEG, WMV or other video formats. Use a Video converter to convert a video between
different video formats, audio format, portable device formats
11. Use audio ripper tools to rip Audio-CDs, audio from video, audio from DVD. Convert the
ripped audio into various formats. Burn the audio in to CDs.
12. Use a audio recording program to record audio from different sources of input such as line-in,
PC speaker output etc by applying different filters, encoding and compression schemes.
Split the audio into pieces. Merge different pieces together. Use appropriate tools.
13. Use a photo editing tool to convert a photo into a cartoon image. Create a DVD photo
slideshow and add music to slideshow using a slideshow creating tool.
14. Use a DVD authoring tool to create a Video DVD with interactive menus, multiple subtitle
and audio tracks and other features.
15. Stream audio / video in different formats to systems in a LAN using a media stream player /
server software

SCHEME OF VALUATION
ALLOCATION OF MARKS
Identification of tools needed and description of procedure 30
Execution 30
Result / Output 10
Viva-voce 05
TOTAL 75

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 213


S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENT Total Nos
1 Desktop Computers 36 Nos.
2 Laser printer Monochrome, Color 4 Nos.
3 Digital (video)Camera 2 Nos.
4 Flat bed A4 size Scanner 1 No

LIST OF SOFTWARE SUGGESTED


Operating system : Windows XP, Windows 7, Linux
Software tools : Open Source software or Commercial software. The following list is
a suggestive list of Open Source software and their commercial replacement. Experiments may be
done using either OSS or commercial software.
3D Graphics and Animation
1. Art of Illusion Replaces: Autodesk Maya
2. Blender Replaces: Autodesk Maya Audio Players
3. Songbird Replaces: iTunes
4. Cool Player Replaces: Windows Media Player
5. Zinf Replaces: Windows Media Player Audio Recorders and Editors
6. Audacity Replaces: Sonar X1, , Sony ACID, Adobe Audition
7. Frinika Replaces: Sonar X1, , Sony ACID Audio Ripping and Conversion
8. BonkEnc Exact Audio Copy, Audio Convertor Studio
9. CDex Exact Audio Copy
10. MMConvert Exact Audio Copy, Multimedia Players
11. VLC Media Player Replaces: Windows Media Player
12. Mplayer Replaces: Windows Media Player
13. XBMC Media Center Replaces: Windows Media Player
14. MediaPortal Replaces: Windows Media PlayerVideo Editing
15. Cinelerra Replaces: Adobe Premiere
16. OpenShot Video Editor Replaces: Adobe Premiere Pro CS5
17. Avidemux Replaces: Adobe Premiere
18. Kdenlive Replaces: Adobe Premiere Pro CS5
19. CineFX Replaces: Adobe Premiere Pro CS5 Video File Conversion//
20. DVDx Replaces: Movavi Video Converter, Zamzar
21. DVD Flick Replaces: Movavi Video Converter, Zamzar
22. FFDShow Replaces: Movavi Video Converter, ZamzarVideo Player
23. Miro Replaces: Windows Media Player CD / DVD Burners
24 Infrared Recorder
25 CDRDAO DVD Authoring
26. DVD Flick, DVDStyler, Bombono DVD

SPOKEN TUTORIAL
 Spoken Tutorial based training workshop on Blender, GIMP can be included for 2 hours during
the Practical Hours.
 After Completion of workshop, students can revise the tutorials for 2-3 weeks.
 All the students will compulsorily undergo 1 hour online assessment test conducted by Spoken
Tutorial project team, IIT Bombay.
 Certificates will be issued to all passed out candidates by Spoken Tutorial, IIT Bombay.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 214


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester : VI
Course Code : 15O – 7403A
Course Name : CLOUD COMPUTING PRACTICAL

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Cloud
Computing 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
Practical
OBJECTIVES
At the end of the practical course the students will be able to:
• Gain knowledge to develop applications using open source cloud soft wares
• Understand the concepts of virtualization.
• Know the usage of CloudSim commands
• Acquire knowledge to create a virtual machine and run guest OS.
• Learn how to simulate a datacenter
• Understand how to simulate and create a private cloud
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
PART - A
1. Prepare a student bio-data in word document with two pages using Google docs in Cloud
Computing and perform the following
 Use the basic formatting tools for an student details
 Create a table for student mark list..
 Save the file in Cloud.
 Down load and take printout the student bio-data.
Cloud Software : https://docs.google.com/
2. Create and upload an own website in cloud to market any product. The website contains the
like Home, Product, Service and contacts details.
Cloud Software : http://www.onlinehtmleditor.net/

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 215


3. Create a design by using the various selection tools, cutting and pasting the images using cloud
applications.
Cloud software: http://theloudtutorial/freecloudcomputingapplications.html)
4. Using multiple layers, create a design with the use of masking various images using cloud
applications.
Cloud software: http://theloudtutorial/freecloudcomputingapplications.html)
5. Create a design by the use of text tools to apply the text and filtering effects using cloud
applications.
Cloud software: http://theloudtutorial/freecloudcomputingapplications.html)
6. Backup and Restore your files and folders on Cloud Storage.
[Ref: www.justcloud.com]
7. Online Network Monitoring in Simulated Cloud Environment using Amazon web service.
8 Create Virtual Machine online using Amazon web service.
PART - B
9. Create a Virtual Machine by installing VMware and add Window or Linux as Guest OS.
10. Model and simulate a cloud computing environment with one data center and one host using
CloudSim.
11. Simulate the scheduling concept by creating two data center and two host using CloudSim
12. Simulate the Datacenter Broker of Dynamic Scheduling using CloudSim
13. Install and form the private cloud using Eucalyptus or Open Stack
SCHEME OF VALUATION
ALLOCATION OF MARKS
Writing syntax and usage of any one Question from PART - A 10 Marks
Writing any one program from PART – B 15 Marks
Executing program (PART – A) 15 Marks
Executing program (PART – B) 20 Marks
Result with printout ( PART – A) 5 Marks
Result with printout ( PART – B) 5 Marks
VIVA – VOCE 5 Marks
TOTAL 75 Marks

S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENT Total Nos


1 Pentium Systems with on board Ethernet Card (NIC) 18 Nos
2 Server 1 No
3 Open Source Software : CloudSim, OpenStack, Eucalyptus

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 216


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester : VI
Course Code : 15O – 7403B
Course Name : MOBILE COMPUTING PRACTICAL

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Mobile
Computing 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours
Practical

OBJECTIVES
At the end of the practical course the students will be able to:
 Acquire a solid foundation and skills for programming to create applications for Mobile
Devices.
 Learn how to Install, Configure and use Android Development Environment.
 Learn about Basic Mobile Application Development tools
 Learn how to create interactive applications in android with multiple activities.
 Understand how to create Mobile Application Portfolio using Android and IOS

LAB EXERCISES
1. Write a program to demonstrate activity (Application Life Cycle).
2. Write a program to demonstrate different types of layouts.
3. Write a program to implement simple calculator using text view, edit view, option
Button and button.
4. Write a program to demonstrate auto complete text
5. Write a program to demonstrate list view
6. Write a program to demonstrate alert dialog box
7. Write a program to demonstrate photo gallery
8. Write a program to demonstrate Date picker and time picker
9. Develop an simple application with context menu and option menu

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 217


10. Develop an application for fixed dialing and call phone dialer to make a call
11. Develop an application to send SMS
12. Write a program to view and edit contact
13. Write a program to send e-mail
14. Write a program to demonstrate a service
15. Write a program to demonstrate web view to display web site
16. Write a program to display map of given location/position using map view
17. Write a program to demonstrate the application of intent class
18. Write a program to create a text file in an internal memory
19. Write a program to create a text file in an external memory
20. Write a program to create new database in SQLite.

SCHEME OF VALUATION
Allocation of Marks
Aim, Procedure and Source Code 30
Execution 30
Result / Output 10
Viva-voce 05
TOTAL 75

S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENT Total Nos


1 Desktop Computers 36 Nos.
2 Laser Printer 3 Nos.

S. No. LIST OF SOFTWARE SUGGESTED


1 Net Beans/Eclipse/Android Studio
2 Android ATD
3 Android SDK
4 JDK 6.0 or above

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 218


THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM
Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Semester : VI
Course Code : 15O - 7316
Course Name : PROJECT WORK

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION


No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks
Examination
Instructions
Max. Marks
Course
Semester- Duration
Periods / Periods / Continuous
End Total
week Semester Assessment
Examinations
Project
4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours
Work
RATIONALE:
Project Work aims at developing innovative skills in the students whereby they apply the knowledge
and skills gained through the course by undertaking a project. The individual students have different
aptitudes and strengths. Project work, therefore, should match the strengths of students. The
primary emphasis of the project work is to understand and gain the knowledge of the principles of
software engineering practices, so as to participate and manage a large software engineering
projects in future.

OBJECTIVES:
At the end of the practical course the students will be able to:
 Implement the theoretical and practical knowledge gained through the curriculum into
an application suitable for a real practical working environment preferably in an industrial
environment
 Develop software packages or applications to implement the actual needs of the
community.
 Gain exposure on industrial environment and its work ethics.
 Understand what entrepreneurship is and how to become an entrepreneur.
 Learn and understand the gap between the technological knowledge acquired through
curriculum and the actual industrial need and to compensate it by acquiring additional
knowledge as required.
 Carry out cooperative learning through synchronous guided discussions within the class
in key dates, asynchronous document sharing and discussions, as well as to prepare
collaborative edition of the final project report.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 219


GUIDELINES FOR PROJECT FORMULATION
The project work constitutes a major component in most of the professional programmes and it
is to be carried out with due care and should be executed with seriousness by the candidates.

Batch Size: Maximum 6 students per batch

TYPE OF PROJECT
As majority of the students are expected to work out a real life project in some industry/research
and development laboratories/educational institutions/software companies, it is suggested that
the project is to be chosen which should have some direct relevance in day-to-day activities of
the candidates in his/her institution. Students are encouraged to work in the areas listed at the
end. However, it is not mandatory for a student to work on a real life project. The student can
formulate a project problem with the help of Guide.

PROJECT PROPOSAL (SYNOPSIS)


The project proposal should be prepared in consultation with your guide during fifth semester.
The project proposal should clearly state the project objectives and the environment of the
proposed project to be undertaken. The project work should compulsorily include the software
development. The project proposal should contain complete details in the following form:

1. Title of the Project.


2. Introduction and Objectives of the Project.
3. Project Category (DBMS/OOPS/Networking/Multimedia/Artificial Intelligence / Expert Systems
etc.).
4. Tools / Platform, Hardware and Software Requirement specifications.
5. Analysis (DFDs at least up to second level , ER Diagrams/ Class Diagrams/ Database Design etc.
as per the project requirements).
6. A complete structure which includes:
 Number of modules and their description to provide an estimation of the student’s effort
on the project.
 Data Structures as per the project requirements for all the modules.
 Process logic of each module.
 Testing process to be used.
 Reports generation (Mention tentative content of report).
7. Are you doing this project for any Industry/Client? Mention Yes/No. If Yes, Mention the Name
and Address of the Industry or Client.
8. Future scope and further enhancement of the project. Also mention limitation of the project.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 220


PROJECT PROPOSAL SUBMISSION AND APPROVAL
After finalizing the topic and the selection of the guide, students should be submitting the Project
Proposal to the HOD along with the synopsis and bio-data of the guide. Incomplete project
proposals in any respect will be immediately rejected. The project synopsis will be sent to project
monitoring committee for final approval.

SUGGESTIVE AREAS OF PROJECTWORK:


 Database Management Systems
 Software Engineering and Software Development
 Web page Designing
 Digital Image Processing
 Computer Graphics and Animation
 Multimedia Systems
 Artificial Intelligence
 Internet and e-commerce
 Computer Network Security and Cryptography
 Computer hardware and embedded systems
 Improving existing systems / equipment’s.
 Any other related area found worth.

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT:
The internal assessment should be calculated based on the review of the progress of the work done
by the student periodically as follows.

Detail of assessment Period of assessment Max.Marks


th
First Review 6 week 10
th
Second Review 14 week 10
Attendance Entire semester 5
Total 25
EVALUATION FOR AUTONOMOUSEXAMINATION:
Details of Mark allocation Max Marks
Marks for Report Preparation, Demo, Viva voce 65
Marks for answers of 4 questions which is to be set by the external examiner
from the given question bank consisting of questions in the following two
topics Disaster Management and Environmental Management. Out of four
questions two questions to appear from each of the above topics i.e. 2
questions x 2 topics = 4 questions
10

4 questions x 2 ½ marks = 10 Marks


Total 75

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 221


DETAILED SYLLABUS

ENVIRONMENTAL & DISASTER MANAGEMENT

1. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

Introduction – Environmental Ethics – Assessment of Socio Economic Impact – Environmental Audit


– Mitigation of adverse impact on Environment – Importance of Pollution Control – Types of
Industries and Industrial Pollution.

Solid waste management – Characteristics of Industrial wastes – Methods of Collection, transfer and
disposal of solid wastes – Converting waste to energy – Hazardous waste management treatment
technologies.

Waste water management – Characteristics of Industrial effluents – Treatment and disposal


methods – Pollution of water sources and effects on human health.

Air pollution management – Sources and effects – Dispersion of air pollutants – Air pollution control
methods – Air quality management.

Noise pollution management – Effects of noise on people – Noise control methods.

2. DISASTER MANAGEMENT

Introduction – Disasters due to natural calamities such as Earthquake, Rain, Flood, Hurricane,
Cyclones etc – Man made Disasters – Crisis due to fires, accidents, strikes etc – Loss of property and
life..

Disaster Mitigation measures – Causes for major disasters – Risk Identification – Hazard Zones –
Selection of sites for Industries and residential buildings – Minimum distances from Sea –Orientation
of Buildings – Stability of Structures – Fire escapes in buildings - Cyclone shelters –Warning systems.
Disaster Management – Preparedness, Response, Recovery – Arrangements to be made in the
industries / factories and buildings – Mobilization of Emergency Services - Search and Rescue
operations – First Aids – Transportation of affected people – Hospital facilities – Firefighting
arrangements – Communication systems – Restoration of Power supply – Getting assistance of
neighbors / Other organizations in Recovery and Rebuilding works – Financial commitments –
Compensations to be paid – Insurances – Rehabilitation.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 222


LIST OF QUESTIONS
1. ENVIRONMENTRAL MANAGEMENT
1. What is the responsibility of an Engineer-in-charge of an Industry with respect to Public Health?
2. Define Environmental Ethic.
3. How Industries play their role in polluting the environment?
4. What is the necessity of pollution control? What are all the different organizations you know,
which deal with pollution control?
5. List out the different types of pollutions caused by a Chemical / Textile / Leather / Automobile
/Cement factory.
6. What is meant by Hazardous waste?
7. Define Industrial waste management.
8. Differentiate between garbage, rubbish, refuse and trash based on their composition and
Source.
9. Explain briefly how the quantity of solid waste generated in an industry could be reduced.
10. What are the objectives of treatments of solid wastes before disposal?
11. What are the different methods of disposal of solid wastes?
12. Explain how the principle of recycling could be applied in the process of waste minimization.
13. Define the term ‘Environmental Waste Audit’.
14. List and discuss the factors pertinent to the selection of landfill site.
15. Explain the purpose of daily cover in a sanitary landfill and state the minimum desirable depthof
daily cover.
16. Describe any two methods of converting waste into energy.
17. What actions, a local body such as a municipality could take when the agency appointed for
collecting and disposing the solid wastes fails to do the work continuously for number of days?
18. Write a note on Characteristics of hazardous waste.
19. What is the difference between municipal and industrial effluent?
20. List few of the undesirable parameters / pollutants anticipated in the effluents from oil refinery
industry / thermal power plants / textile industries / woolen mills / dye industries /
electroplating industries / cement plants / leather industries (any two may be asked)
21. Explain briefly the process of Equalization and Neutralization of waste water of varying
characteristics discharged from an Industry.
22. Explain briefly the Physical treatments “Sedimentation” and “Floatation” processes in the
wastewater treatment.
23. Explain briefly when and how chemical / biological treatments are given to the waste water.
24. List the four common advanced waste water treatment processes and the pollutants they
remove.
25. Describe refractory organics and the method used to remove them from the effluent.
26. Explain biological nitrification and de-nitrification.
27. Describe the basic approaches to land treatment of Industrial Effluent.
28. Describe the locations for the ultimate disposal of sludge and the treatment steps needed prior
to ultimate disposal.
29. List any five Industries, which act as the major sources for Hazardous Air Pollutants.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 223


30. List out the names of any three hazardous air pollutants and their effects on human health.
31. Explain the influence of moisture, temperature and sunlight on the severity of air pollution
effects on materials.
32. Differentiate between acute and chronic health effects from Air pollution.
33. Define the term Acid rain and explain how it occurs.
34. Discuss briefly the causes for global warming and its consequences
35. Suggest suitable Air pollution control devices for a few pollutants and sources.
36. Explain how evaporative emissions and exhaust emissions are commonly controlled.
37. What are the harmful elements present in the automobile smokes? How their presence could be
controlled?
38. What is the Advantage of Ozone layer in the atmosphere? State few reasons for its destruction.
39. Explain the mechanism by which hearing damage occurs.
40. List any five effects of noise other than hearing damage.
41. Explain why impulsive noise is more dangerous than steady state noise.
42. Explain briefly the Source – Path – Receiver concept of Noise control.
43. Where silencers or mufflers are used? Explain how they reduce the noise.
44. Describe two techniques to protect the receiver from hearing loss when design / redress for
noise control fail.
45. What are the problems faced by the people residing along the side of a railway track and near to
an Airport? What provisions could be made in their houses to reduce the problem?

2. DISASTER MANAGEMENT
1. What is meant by Disaster Management? What are the different stages of Disaster management?
2. Differentiate Natural Disasters and Manmade Disasters with examples.
3. Describe the necessity of Risk identification and Assessment Surveys while planning a project.
4. What is Disasters recovery and what does it mean to an Industry?
5. What are the factors to be considered while planning the rebuilding works after a major disaster
due to flood / cyclone / earthquake? (Any one may be asked)
6. List out the public emergency services available in the state, which could be approached for help
during a natural disaster.
7. Specify the role played by an Engineer in the process of Disaster management.
8. What is the cause for Earthquakes? How they are measured? Which parts of India are more
vulnerable for frequent earthquakes?
9. What was the cause for the Tsunami 2004 which inflicted heavy loss to life and property along the
coast of Tamilnadu? Specify its epicenter and magnitude.
10. Specify the Earthquake Hazard Zones in which the following towns of Tamilnadu lie: (a)
Chennai (b) Nagappattinam (c) Coimbatore (d) Madurai (e) Salem.
11. Which parts of India are experiencing frequent natural calamities such as (a) heavy rain fall (b)
huge losses due to floods (c) severe cyclones
12. Define basic wind speed. What will be the peak wind speed in (a) Very high damage risk zone –
A,(b) High damage risk zone, (c) Low damage risk zone.
13. Specify the minimum distance from the Sea shore and minimum height above the mean sea
level, desirable for the location of buildings.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 224


14. Explain how the topography of the site plays a role in the disasters caused by floods and
cyclones.
15. Explain how the shape and orientation of buildings could reduce the damages due to cyclones.
16. What is a cyclone shelter? When and where it is provided? What are its requirements?
17. What Precautionary measures have to be taken by the authorities before opening a dam for
discharging the excess water into a canal/river?
18. What are the causes for fire accidents? Specify the remedial measures to be taken in buildings to
avoid fire accidents.
19. What is a fire escape in multistoried buildings? What are its requirements?
20. How the imamates of a multistory building are to be evacuated in the event of a fire/Chemical
spill/Toxic Air Situation/ Terrorist attack, (any one may be asked).
21. Describe different firefighting arrangements to be provided in an Industry.
22. Explain the necessity of disaster warning systems in Industries.
23. Explain how rescue operations have to be carried out in the case of collapse of buildings due to
earthquake / blast / Cyclone / flood.
24. What are the necessary steps to be taken to avoid dangerous epidemics after a flood disaster?
25. What relief works have to be carried out to save the lives of workers when the factory area is
suddenly affected by a dangerous gas leak / sudden flooding?
26. What are the difficulties faced by an Industry when there is a sudden power failure? How such a
situation could be managed?
27. What are the difficulties faced by the Management when there is a group clash between the
workers? How such a situation could be managed?
What will be the problems faced by the management of an Industry when a worker dies because of
the failure of a mechanical device due to poor maintenance? How to manage such a situation?
29. What precautionary measures have to be taken to avoid accidents to labourers in the Industry in
a workshop / during handling of dangerous Chemicals / during construction of buildings / during the
building maintenance works?
30. Explain the necessity of medical care facilities in an Industry / Project site.
31. Explain the necessity of proper training to the employees of Industries dealing with hazardous
products, to act during disasters.
32. What type of disaster is expected in coal mines, cotton mills, Oil refineries, ship yards and gas
plants?
33. What is meant by Emergency Plan Rehearsal? What are the advantages of such Rehearsals?
34. What action you will take when your employees could not reach the factory site because of
continuous strike by Public Transport workers?
35. What immediate actions you will initiate when the quarters of your factory workers are suddenly
flooded due to the breach in a nearly lake / dam, during heavy rain?
36. What steps you will take to avoid a break down when the workers union of your Industry have
given a strike notice?
37. List out few possible crisis in an organization caused by its workers? What could be the part of
the middle level officials in managing such crisis?
38. What types of warning systems are available to alert the people in the case of predicted
disasters, such as floods, cyclone etc.
39. Explain the necessity of Team work in the crisis management in an Industry / Local body.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 225


40. What factors are to be considered while fixing compensation to the workers in the case of severe
accidents causing disability / death to them?
41. Explain the legal / financial problems the management has to face if safely measures taken by
them are found to be in adequate.
42. Describe the importance of insurance to men and machinery of an Industry dealing with
dangerous jobs.
43. What precautions have to be taken while storing explosives in a match/ fire crackers factory?
44. What are the arrangements required for emergency rescue works in the case of Atomic Power
Plants?
45. Why residential quarters are not constructed nearer to Atomic Power Plants?

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 226

You might also like